2 // This file is part of Moodle - http://moodle.org/
4 // Moodle is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
5 // it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
6 // the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
7 // (at your option) any later version.
9 // Moodle is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
10 // but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
11 // MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
12 // GNU General Public License for more details.
14 // You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
15 // along with Moodle. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
18 * Functions and classes used during installation, upgrades and for admin settings.
20 * ADMIN SETTINGS TREE INTRODUCTION
22 * This file performs the following tasks:
23 * -it defines the necessary objects and interfaces to build the Moodle
25 * -it defines the admin_externalpage_setup()
27 * ADMIN_SETTING OBJECTS
29 * Moodle settings are represented by objects that inherit from the admin_setting
30 * class. These objects encapsulate how to read a setting, how to write a new value
31 * to a setting, and how to appropriately display the HTML to modify the setting.
33 * ADMIN_SETTINGPAGE OBJECTS
35 * The admin_setting objects are then grouped into admin_settingpages. The latter
36 * appear in the Moodle admin tree block. All interaction with admin_settingpage
37 * objects is handled by the admin/settings.php file.
39 * ADMIN_EXTERNALPAGE OBJECTS
41 * There are some settings in Moodle that are too complex to (efficiently) handle
42 * with admin_settingpages. (Consider, for example, user management and displaying
43 * lists of users.) In this case, we use the admin_externalpage object. This object
44 * places a link to an external PHP file in the admin tree block.
46 * If you're using an admin_externalpage object for some settings, you can take
47 * advantage of the admin_externalpage_* functions. For example, suppose you wanted
48 * to add a foo.php file into admin. First off, you add the following line to
49 * admin/settings/first.php (at the end of the file) or to some other file in
52 * $ADMIN->add('userinterface', new admin_externalpage('foo', get_string('foo'),
53 * $CFG->wwwdir . '/' . '$CFG->admin . '/foo.php', 'some_role_permission'));
56 * Next, in foo.php, your file structure would resemble the following:
58 * require(__DIR__.'/../../config.php');
59 * require_once($CFG->libdir.'/adminlib.php');
60 * admin_externalpage_setup('foo');
61 * // functionality like processing form submissions goes here
62 * echo $OUTPUT->header();
63 * // your HTML goes here
64 * echo $OUTPUT->footer();
67 * The admin_externalpage_setup() function call ensures the user is logged in,
68 * and makes sure that they have the proper role permission to access the page.
69 * It also configures all $PAGE properties needed for navigation.
71 * ADMIN_CATEGORY OBJECTS
73 * Above and beyond all this, we have admin_category objects. These objects
74 * appear as folders in the admin tree block. They contain admin_settingpage's,
75 * admin_externalpage's, and other admin_category's.
79 * admin_settingpage's, admin_externalpage's, and admin_category's all inherit
80 * from part_of_admin_tree (a pseudointerface). This interface insists that
81 * a class has a check_access method for access permissions, a locate method
82 * used to find a specific node in the admin tree and find parent path.
84 * admin_category's inherit from parentable_part_of_admin_tree. This pseudo-
85 * interface ensures that the class implements a recursive add function which
86 * accepts a part_of_admin_tree object and searches for the proper place to
87 * put it. parentable_part_of_admin_tree implies part_of_admin_tree.
89 * Please note that the $this->name field of any part_of_admin_tree must be
90 * UNIQUE throughout the ENTIRE admin tree.
92 * The $this->name field of an admin_setting object (which is *not* part_of_
93 * admin_tree) must be unique on the respective admin_settingpage where it is
96 * Original author: Vincenzo K. Marcovecchio
97 * Maintainer: Petr Skoda
101 * @copyright 1999 onwards Martin Dougiamas http://dougiamas.com
102 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
105 defined('MOODLE_INTERNAL') ||
die();
108 require_once($CFG->libdir
.'/ddllib.php');
109 require_once($CFG->libdir
.'/xmlize.php');
110 require_once($CFG->libdir
.'/messagelib.php');
112 define('INSECURE_DATAROOT_WARNING', 1);
113 define('INSECURE_DATAROOT_ERROR', 2);
116 * Automatically clean-up all plugin data and remove the plugin DB tables
118 * NOTE: do not call directly, use new /admin/plugins.php?uninstall=component instead!
120 * @param string $type The plugin type, eg. 'mod', 'qtype', 'workshopgrading' etc.
121 * @param string $name The plugin name, eg. 'forum', 'multichoice', 'accumulative' etc.
122 * @uses global $OUTPUT to produce notices and other messages
125 function uninstall_plugin($type, $name) {
126 global $CFG, $DB, $OUTPUT;
128 // This may take a long time.
129 core_php_time_limit
::raise();
131 // Recursively uninstall all subplugins first.
132 $subplugintypes = core_component
::get_plugin_types_with_subplugins();
133 if (isset($subplugintypes[$type])) {
134 $base = core_component
::get_plugin_directory($type, $name);
136 $subpluginsfile = "{$base}/db/subplugins.json";
137 if (file_exists($subpluginsfile)) {
138 $subplugins = (array) json_decode(file_get_contents($subpluginsfile))->plugintypes
;
139 } else if (file_exists("{$base}/db/subplugins.php")) {
140 debugging('Use of subplugins.php has been deprecated. ' .
141 'Please update your plugin to provide a subplugins.json file instead.',
144 include("{$base}/db/subplugins.php");
147 if (!empty($subplugins)) {
148 foreach (array_keys($subplugins) as $subplugintype) {
149 $instances = core_component
::get_plugin_list($subplugintype);
150 foreach ($instances as $subpluginname => $notusedpluginpath) {
151 uninstall_plugin($subplugintype, $subpluginname);
157 $component = $type . '_' . $name; // eg. 'qtype_multichoice' or 'workshopgrading_accumulative' or 'mod_forum'
159 if ($type === 'mod') {
160 $pluginname = $name; // eg. 'forum'
161 if (get_string_manager()->string_exists('modulename', $component)) {
162 $strpluginname = get_string('modulename', $component);
164 $strpluginname = $component;
168 $pluginname = $component;
169 if (get_string_manager()->string_exists('pluginname', $component)) {
170 $strpluginname = get_string('pluginname', $component);
172 $strpluginname = $component;
176 echo $OUTPUT->heading($pluginname);
178 // Delete all tag areas, collections and instances associated with this plugin.
179 core_tag_area
::uninstall($component);
181 // Custom plugin uninstall.
182 $plugindirectory = core_component
::get_plugin_directory($type, $name);
183 $uninstalllib = $plugindirectory . '/db/uninstall.php';
184 if (file_exists($uninstalllib)) {
185 require_once($uninstalllib);
186 $uninstallfunction = 'xmldb_' . $pluginname . '_uninstall'; // eg. 'xmldb_workshop_uninstall()'
187 if (function_exists($uninstallfunction)) {
188 // Do not verify result, let plugin complain if necessary.
189 $uninstallfunction();
193 // Specific plugin type cleanup.
194 $plugininfo = core_plugin_manager
::instance()->get_plugin_info($component);
196 $plugininfo->uninstall_cleanup();
197 core_plugin_manager
::reset_caches();
201 // perform clean-up task common for all the plugin/subplugin types
203 //delete the web service functions and pre-built services
204 require_once($CFG->dirroot
.'/lib/externallib.php');
205 external_delete_descriptions($component);
207 // delete calendar events
208 $DB->delete_records('event', array('modulename' => $pluginname));
209 $DB->delete_records('event', ['component' => $component]);
211 // Delete scheduled tasks.
212 $DB->delete_records('task_adhoc', ['component' => $component]);
213 $DB->delete_records('task_scheduled', array('component' => $component));
215 // Delete Inbound Message datakeys.
216 $DB->delete_records_select('messageinbound_datakeys',
217 'handler IN (SELECT id FROM {messageinbound_handlers} WHERE component = ?)', array($component));
219 // Delete Inbound Message handlers.
220 $DB->delete_records('messageinbound_handlers', array('component' => $component));
222 // delete all the logs
223 $DB->delete_records('log', array('module' => $pluginname));
225 // delete log_display information
226 $DB->delete_records('log_display', array('component' => $component));
228 // delete the module configuration records
229 unset_all_config_for_plugin($component);
230 if ($type === 'mod') {
231 unset_all_config_for_plugin($pluginname);
234 // delete message provider
235 message_provider_uninstall($component);
237 // delete the plugin tables
238 $xmldbfilepath = $plugindirectory . '/db/install.xml';
239 drop_plugin_tables($component, $xmldbfilepath, false);
240 if ($type === 'mod' or $type === 'block') {
241 // non-frankenstyle table prefixes
242 drop_plugin_tables($name, $xmldbfilepath, false);
245 // delete the capabilities that were defined by this module
246 capabilities_cleanup($component);
248 // Delete all remaining files in the filepool owned by the component.
249 $fs = get_file_storage();
250 $fs->delete_component_files($component);
252 // Finally purge all caches.
255 // Invalidate the hash used for upgrade detections.
256 set_config('allversionshash', '');
258 echo $OUTPUT->notification(get_string('success'), 'notifysuccess');
262 * Returns the version of installed component
264 * @param string $component component name
265 * @param string $source either 'disk' or 'installed' - where to get the version information from
266 * @return string|bool version number or false if the component is not found
268 function get_component_version($component, $source='installed') {
271 list($type, $name) = core_component
::normalize_component($component);
273 // moodle core or a core subsystem
274 if ($type === 'core') {
275 if ($source === 'installed') {
276 if (empty($CFG->version
)) {
279 return $CFG->version
;
282 if (!is_readable($CFG->dirroot
.'/version.php')) {
285 $version = null; //initialize variable for IDEs
286 include($CFG->dirroot
.'/version.php');
293 if ($type === 'mod') {
294 if ($source === 'installed') {
295 if ($CFG->version
< 2013092001.02) {
296 return $DB->get_field('modules', 'version', array('name'=>$name));
298 return get_config('mod_'.$name, 'version');
302 $mods = core_component
::get_plugin_list('mod');
303 if (empty($mods[$name]) or !is_readable($mods[$name].'/version.php')) {
306 $plugin = new stdClass();
307 $plugin->version
= null;
309 include($mods[$name].'/version.php');
310 return $plugin->version
;
316 if ($type === 'block') {
317 if ($source === 'installed') {
318 if ($CFG->version
< 2013092001.02) {
319 return $DB->get_field('block', 'version', array('name'=>$name));
321 return get_config('block_'.$name, 'version');
324 $blocks = core_component
::get_plugin_list('block');
325 if (empty($blocks[$name]) or !is_readable($blocks[$name].'/version.php')) {
328 $plugin = new stdclass();
329 include($blocks[$name].'/version.php');
330 return $plugin->version
;
335 // all other plugin types
336 if ($source === 'installed') {
337 return get_config($type.'_'.$name, 'version');
339 $plugins = core_component
::get_plugin_list($type);
340 if (empty($plugins[$name])) {
343 $plugin = new stdclass();
344 include($plugins[$name].'/version.php');
345 return $plugin->version
;
351 * Delete all plugin tables
353 * @param string $name Name of plugin, used as table prefix
354 * @param string $file Path to install.xml file
355 * @param bool $feedback defaults to true
356 * @return bool Always returns true
358 function drop_plugin_tables($name, $file, $feedback=true) {
361 // first try normal delete
362 if (file_exists($file) and $DB->get_manager()->delete_tables_from_xmldb_file($file)) {
366 // then try to find all tables that start with name and are not in any xml file
367 $used_tables = get_used_table_names();
369 $tables = $DB->get_tables();
371 /// Iterate over, fixing id fields as necessary
372 foreach ($tables as $table) {
373 if (in_array($table, $used_tables)) {
377 if (strpos($table, $name) !== 0) {
381 // found orphan table --> delete it
382 if ($DB->get_manager()->table_exists($table)) {
383 $xmldb_table = new xmldb_table($table);
384 $DB->get_manager()->drop_table($xmldb_table);
392 * Returns names of all known tables == tables that moodle knows about.
394 * @return array Array of lowercase table names
396 function get_used_table_names() {
397 $table_names = array();
398 $dbdirs = get_db_directories();
400 foreach ($dbdirs as $dbdir) {
401 $file = $dbdir.'/install.xml';
403 $xmldb_file = new xmldb_file($file);
405 if (!$xmldb_file->fileExists()) {
409 $loaded = $xmldb_file->loadXMLStructure();
410 $structure = $xmldb_file->getStructure();
412 if ($loaded and $tables = $structure->getTables()) {
413 foreach($tables as $table) {
414 $table_names[] = strtolower($table->getName());
423 * Returns list of all directories where we expect install.xml files
424 * @return array Array of paths
426 function get_db_directories() {
431 /// First, the main one (lib/db)
432 $dbdirs[] = $CFG->libdir
.'/db';
434 /// Then, all the ones defined by core_component::get_plugin_types()
435 $plugintypes = core_component
::get_plugin_types();
436 foreach ($plugintypes as $plugintype => $pluginbasedir) {
437 if ($plugins = core_component
::get_plugin_list($plugintype)) {
438 foreach ($plugins as $plugin => $plugindir) {
439 $dbdirs[] = $plugindir.'/db';
448 * Try to obtain or release the cron lock.
449 * @param string $name name of lock
450 * @param int $until timestamp when this lock considered stale, null means remove lock unconditionally
451 * @param bool $ignorecurrent ignore current lock state, usually extend previous lock, defaults to false
452 * @return bool true if lock obtained
454 function set_cron_lock($name, $until, $ignorecurrent=false) {
457 debugging("Tried to get a cron lock for a null fieldname");
461 // remove lock by force == remove from config table
462 if (is_null($until)) {
463 set_config($name, null);
467 if (!$ignorecurrent) {
468 // read value from db - other processes might have changed it
469 $value = $DB->get_field('config', 'value', array('name'=>$name));
471 if ($value and $value > time()) {
477 set_config($name, $until);
482 * Test if and critical warnings are present
485 function admin_critical_warnings_present() {
488 if (!has_capability('moodle/site:config', context_system
::instance())) {
492 if (!isset($SESSION->admin_critical_warning
)) {
493 $SESSION->admin_critical_warning
= 0;
494 if (is_dataroot_insecure(true) === INSECURE_DATAROOT_ERROR
) {
495 $SESSION->admin_critical_warning
= 1;
499 return $SESSION->admin_critical_warning
;
503 * Detects if float supports at least 10 decimal digits
505 * Detects if float supports at least 10 decimal digits
506 * and also if float-->string conversion works as expected.
508 * @return bool true if problem found
510 function is_float_problem() {
511 $num1 = 2009010200.01;
512 $num2 = 2009010200.02;
514 return ((string)$num1 === (string)$num2 or $num1 === $num2 or $num2 <= (string)$num1);
518 * Try to verify that dataroot is not accessible from web.
520 * Try to verify that dataroot is not accessible from web.
521 * It is not 100% correct but might help to reduce number of vulnerable sites.
522 * Protection from httpd.conf and .htaccess is not detected properly.
524 * @uses INSECURE_DATAROOT_WARNING
525 * @uses INSECURE_DATAROOT_ERROR
526 * @param bool $fetchtest try to test public access by fetching file, default false
527 * @return mixed empty means secure, INSECURE_DATAROOT_ERROR found a critical problem, INSECURE_DATAROOT_WARNING might be problematic
529 function is_dataroot_insecure($fetchtest=false) {
532 $siteroot = str_replace('\\', '/', strrev($CFG->dirroot
.'/')); // win32 backslash workaround
534 $rp = preg_replace('|https?://[^/]+|i', '', $CFG->wwwroot
, 1);
535 $rp = strrev(trim($rp, '/'));
536 $rp = explode('/', $rp);
538 if (strpos($siteroot, '/'.$r.'/') === 0) {
539 $siteroot = substr($siteroot, strlen($r)+
1); // moodle web in subdirectory
541 break; // probably alias root
545 $siteroot = strrev($siteroot);
546 $dataroot = str_replace('\\', '/', $CFG->dataroot
.'/');
548 if (strpos($dataroot, $siteroot) !== 0) {
553 return INSECURE_DATAROOT_WARNING
;
556 // now try all methods to fetch a test file using http protocol
558 $httpdocroot = str_replace('\\', '/', strrev($CFG->dirroot
.'/'));
559 preg_match('|(https?://[^/]+)|i', $CFG->wwwroot
, $matches);
560 $httpdocroot = $matches[1];
561 $datarooturl = $httpdocroot.'/'. substr($dataroot, strlen($siteroot));
562 make_upload_directory('diag');
563 $testfile = $CFG->dataroot
.'/diag/public.txt';
564 if (!file_exists($testfile)) {
565 file_put_contents($testfile, 'test file, do not delete');
566 @chmod
($testfile, $CFG->filepermissions
);
568 $teststr = trim(file_get_contents($testfile));
569 if (empty($teststr)) {
571 return INSECURE_DATAROOT_WARNING
;
574 $testurl = $datarooturl.'/diag/public.txt';
575 if (extension_loaded('curl') and
576 !(stripos(ini_get('disable_functions'), 'curl_init') !== FALSE) and
577 !(stripos(ini_get('disable_functions'), 'curl_setop') !== FALSE) and
578 ($ch = @curl_init
($testurl)) !== false) {
579 curl_setopt($ch, CURLOPT_RETURNTRANSFER
, true);
580 curl_setopt($ch, CURLOPT_HEADER
, false);
581 $data = curl_exec($ch);
582 if (!curl_errno($ch)) {
584 if ($data === $teststr) {
586 return INSECURE_DATAROOT_ERROR
;
592 if ($data = @file_get_contents
($testurl)) {
594 if ($data === $teststr) {
595 return INSECURE_DATAROOT_ERROR
;
599 preg_match('|https?://([^/]+)|i', $testurl, $matches);
600 $sitename = $matches[1];
602 if ($fp = @fsockopen
($sitename, 80, $error)) {
603 preg_match('|https?://[^/]+(.*)|i', $testurl, $matches);
604 $localurl = $matches[1];
605 $out = "GET $localurl HTTP/1.1\r\n";
606 $out .= "Host: $sitename\r\n";
607 $out .= "Connection: Close\r\n\r\n";
613 $data .= fgets($fp, 1024);
614 } else if (@fgets
($fp, 1024) === "\r\n") {
620 if ($data === $teststr) {
621 return INSECURE_DATAROOT_ERROR
;
625 return INSECURE_DATAROOT_WARNING
;
629 * Enables CLI maintenance mode by creating new dataroot/climaintenance.html file.
631 function enable_cli_maintenance_mode() {
634 if (file_exists("$CFG->dataroot/climaintenance.html")) {
635 unlink("$CFG->dataroot/climaintenance.html");
638 if (isset($CFG->maintenance_message
) and !html_is_blank($CFG->maintenance_message
)) {
639 $data = $CFG->maintenance_message
;
640 $data = bootstrap_renderer
::early_error_content($data, null, null, null);
641 $data = bootstrap_renderer
::plain_page(get_string('sitemaintenance', 'admin'), $data);
643 } else if (file_exists("$CFG->dataroot/climaintenance.template.html")) {
644 $data = file_get_contents("$CFG->dataroot/climaintenance.template.html");
647 $data = get_string('sitemaintenance', 'admin');
648 $data = bootstrap_renderer
::early_error_content($data, null, null, null);
649 $data = bootstrap_renderer
::plain_page(get_string('sitemaintenancetitle', 'admin',
650 format_string($SITE->fullname
, true, ['context' => context_system
::instance()])), $data);
653 file_put_contents("$CFG->dataroot/climaintenance.html", $data);
654 chmod("$CFG->dataroot/climaintenance.html", $CFG->filepermissions
);
657 /// CLASS DEFINITIONS /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
661 * Interface for anything appearing in the admin tree
663 * The interface that is implemented by anything that appears in the admin tree
664 * block. It forces inheriting classes to define a method for checking user permissions
665 * and methods for finding something in the admin tree.
667 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
669 interface part_of_admin_tree
{
672 * Finds a named part_of_admin_tree.
674 * Used to find a part_of_admin_tree. If a class only inherits part_of_admin_tree
675 * and not parentable_part_of_admin_tree, then this function should only check if
676 * $this->name matches $name. If it does, it should return a reference to $this,
677 * otherwise, it should return a reference to NULL.
679 * If a class inherits parentable_part_of_admin_tree, this method should be called
680 * recursively on all child objects (assuming, of course, the parent object's name
681 * doesn't match the search criterion).
683 * @param string $name The internal name of the part_of_admin_tree we're searching for.
684 * @return mixed An object reference or a NULL reference.
686 public function locate($name);
689 * Removes named part_of_admin_tree.
691 * @param string $name The internal name of the part_of_admin_tree we want to remove.
692 * @return bool success.
694 public function prune($name);
698 * @param string $query
699 * @return mixed array-object structure of found settings and pages
701 public function search($query);
704 * Verifies current user's access to this part_of_admin_tree.
706 * Used to check if the current user has access to this part of the admin tree or
707 * not. If a class only inherits part_of_admin_tree and not parentable_part_of_admin_tree,
708 * then this method is usually just a call to has_capability() in the site context.
710 * If a class inherits parentable_part_of_admin_tree, this method should return the
711 * logical OR of the return of check_access() on all child objects.
713 * @return bool True if the user has access, false if she doesn't.
715 public function check_access();
718 * Mostly useful for removing of some parts of the tree in admin tree block.
720 * @return True is hidden from normal list view
722 public function is_hidden();
725 * Show we display Save button at the page bottom?
728 public function show_save();
733 * Interface implemented by any part_of_admin_tree that has children.
735 * The interface implemented by any part_of_admin_tree that can be a parent
736 * to other part_of_admin_tree's. (For now, this only includes admin_category.) Apart
737 * from ensuring part_of_admin_tree compliancy, it also ensures inheriting methods
738 * include an add method for adding other part_of_admin_tree objects as children.
740 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
742 interface parentable_part_of_admin_tree
extends part_of_admin_tree
{
745 * Adds a part_of_admin_tree object to the admin tree.
747 * Used to add a part_of_admin_tree object to this object or a child of this
748 * object. $something should only be added if $destinationname matches
749 * $this->name. If it doesn't, add should be called on child objects that are
750 * also parentable_part_of_admin_tree's.
752 * $something should be appended as the last child in the $destinationname. If the
753 * $beforesibling is specified, $something should be prepended to it. If the given
754 * sibling is not found, $something should be appended to the end of $destinationname
755 * and a developer debugging message should be displayed.
757 * @param string $destinationname The internal name of the new parent for $something.
758 * @param part_of_admin_tree $something The object to be added.
759 * @return bool True on success, false on failure.
761 public function add($destinationname, $something, $beforesibling = null);
767 * The object used to represent folders (a.k.a. categories) in the admin tree block.
769 * Each admin_category object contains a number of part_of_admin_tree objects.
771 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
773 class admin_category
implements parentable_part_of_admin_tree
{
775 /** @var part_of_admin_tree[] An array of part_of_admin_tree objects that are this object's children */
777 /** @var string An internal name for this category. Must be unique amongst ALL part_of_admin_tree objects */
779 /** @var string The displayed name for this category. Usually obtained through get_string() */
781 /** @var bool Should this category be hidden in admin tree block? */
783 /** @var mixed Either a string or an array or strings */
785 /** @var mixed Either a string or an array or strings */
788 /** @var array fast lookup category cache, all categories of one tree point to one cache */
789 protected $category_cache;
791 /** @var bool If set to true children will be sorted when calling {@link admin_category::get_children()} */
792 protected $sort = false;
793 /** @var bool If set to true children will be sorted in ascending order. */
794 protected $sortasc = true;
795 /** @var bool If set to true sub categories and pages will be split and then sorted.. */
796 protected $sortsplit = true;
797 /** @var bool $sorted True if the children have been sorted and don't need resorting */
798 protected $sorted = false;
801 * Constructor for an empty admin category
803 * @param string $name The internal name for this category. Must be unique amongst ALL part_of_admin_tree objects
804 * @param string $visiblename The displayed named for this category. Usually obtained through get_string()
805 * @param bool $hidden hide category in admin tree block, defaults to false
807 public function __construct($name, $visiblename, $hidden=false) {
808 $this->children
= array();
810 $this->visiblename
= $visiblename;
811 $this->hidden
= $hidden;
815 * Get the URL to view this page.
819 public function get_settings_page_url(): moodle_url
{
820 return new moodle_url(
821 '/admin/category.php',
823 'category' => $this->name
,
829 * Returns a reference to the part_of_admin_tree object with internal name $name.
831 * @param string $name The internal name of the object we want.
832 * @param bool $findpath initialize path and visiblepath arrays
833 * @return mixed A reference to the object with internal name $name if found, otherwise a reference to NULL.
836 public function locate($name, $findpath=false) {
837 if (!isset($this->category_cache
[$this->name
])) {
838 // somebody much have purged the cache
839 $this->category_cache
[$this->name
] = $this;
842 if ($this->name
== $name) {
844 $this->visiblepath
[] = $this->visiblename
;
845 $this->path
[] = $this->name
;
850 // quick category lookup
851 if (!$findpath and isset($this->category_cache
[$name])) {
852 return $this->category_cache
[$name];
856 foreach($this->children
as $childid=>$unused) {
857 if ($return = $this->children
[$childid]->locate($name, $findpath)) {
862 if (!is_null($return) and $findpath) {
863 $return->visiblepath
[] = $this->visiblename
;
864 $return->path
[] = $this->name
;
873 * @param string query
874 * @return mixed array-object structure of found settings and pages
876 public function search($query) {
878 foreach ($this->get_children() as $child) {
879 $subsearch = $child->search($query);
880 if (!is_array($subsearch)) {
881 debugging('Incorrect search result from '.$child->name
);
884 $result = array_merge($result, $subsearch);
890 * Removes part_of_admin_tree object with internal name $name.
892 * @param string $name The internal name of the object we want to remove.
893 * @return bool success
895 public function prune($name) {
897 if ($this->name
== $name) {
898 return false; //can not remove itself
901 foreach($this->children
as $precedence => $child) {
902 if ($child->name
== $name) {
903 // clear cache and delete self
904 while($this->category_cache
) {
905 // delete the cache, but keep the original array address
906 array_pop($this->category_cache
);
908 unset($this->children
[$precedence]);
910 } else if ($this->children
[$precedence]->prune($name)) {
918 * Adds a part_of_admin_tree to a child or grandchild (or great-grandchild, and so forth) of this object.
920 * By default the new part of the tree is appended as the last child of the parent. You
921 * can specify a sibling node that the new part should be prepended to. If the given
922 * sibling is not found, the part is appended to the end (as it would be by default) and
923 * a developer debugging message is displayed.
925 * @throws coding_exception if the $beforesibling is empty string or is not string at all.
926 * @param string $destinationame The internal name of the immediate parent that we want for $something.
927 * @param mixed $something A part_of_admin_tree or setting instance to be added.
928 * @param string $beforesibling The name of the parent's child the $something should be prepended to.
929 * @return bool True if successfully added, false if $something can not be added.
931 public function add($parentname, $something, $beforesibling = null) {
934 $parent = $this->locate($parentname);
935 if (is_null($parent)) {
936 debugging('parent does not exist!');
940 if ($something instanceof part_of_admin_tree
) {
941 if (!($parent instanceof parentable_part_of_admin_tree
)) {
942 debugging('error - parts of tree can be inserted only into parentable parts');
945 if ($CFG->debugdeveloper
&& !is_null($this->locate($something->name
))) {
946 // The name of the node is already used, simply warn the developer that this should not happen.
947 // It is intentional to check for the debug level before performing the check.
948 debugging('Duplicate admin page name: ' . $something->name
, DEBUG_DEVELOPER
);
950 if (is_null($beforesibling)) {
951 // Append $something as the parent's last child.
952 $parent->children
[] = $something;
954 if (!is_string($beforesibling) or trim($beforesibling) === '') {
955 throw new coding_exception('Unexpected value of the beforesibling parameter');
957 // Try to find the position of the sibling.
958 $siblingposition = null;
959 foreach ($parent->children
as $childposition => $child) {
960 if ($child->name
=== $beforesibling) {
961 $siblingposition = $childposition;
965 if (is_null($siblingposition)) {
966 debugging('Sibling '.$beforesibling.' not found', DEBUG_DEVELOPER
);
967 $parent->children
[] = $something;
969 $parent->children
= array_merge(
970 array_slice($parent->children
, 0, $siblingposition),
972 array_slice($parent->children
, $siblingposition)
976 if ($something instanceof admin_category
) {
977 if (isset($this->category_cache
[$something->name
])) {
978 debugging('Duplicate admin category name: '.$something->name
);
980 $this->category_cache
[$something->name
] = $something;
981 $something->category_cache
=& $this->category_cache
;
982 foreach ($something->children
as $child) {
983 // just in case somebody already added subcategories
984 if ($child instanceof admin_category
) {
985 if (isset($this->category_cache
[$child->name
])) {
986 debugging('Duplicate admin category name: '.$child->name
);
988 $this->category_cache
[$child->name
] = $child;
989 $child->category_cache
=& $this->category_cache
;
998 debugging('error - can not add this element');
1005 * Checks if the user has access to anything in this category.
1007 * @return bool True if the user has access to at least one child in this category, false otherwise.
1009 public function check_access() {
1010 foreach ($this->children
as $child) {
1011 if ($child->check_access()) {
1019 * Is this category hidden in admin tree block?
1021 * @return bool True if hidden
1023 public function is_hidden() {
1024 return $this->hidden
;
1028 * Show we display Save button at the page bottom?
1031 public function show_save() {
1032 foreach ($this->children
as $child) {
1033 if ($child->show_save()) {
1041 * Sets sorting on this category.
1043 * Please note this function doesn't actually do the sorting.
1044 * It can be called anytime.
1045 * Sorting occurs when the user calls get_children.
1046 * Code using the children array directly won't see the sorted results.
1048 * @param bool $sort If set to true children will be sorted, if false they won't be.
1049 * @param bool $asc If true sorting will be ascending, otherwise descending.
1050 * @param bool $split If true we sort pages and sub categories separately.
1052 public function set_sorting($sort, $asc = true, $split = true) {
1053 $this->sort
= (bool)$sort;
1054 $this->sortasc
= (bool)$asc;
1055 $this->sortsplit
= (bool)$split;
1059 * Returns the children associated with this category.
1061 * @return part_of_admin_tree[]
1063 public function get_children() {
1064 // If we should sort and it hasn't already been sorted.
1065 if ($this->sort
&& !$this->sorted
) {
1066 if ($this->sortsplit
) {
1067 $categories = array();
1069 foreach ($this->children
as $child) {
1070 if ($child instanceof admin_category
) {
1071 $categories[] = $child;
1076 core_collator
::asort_objects_by_property($categories, 'visiblename');
1077 core_collator
::asort_objects_by_property($pages, 'visiblename');
1078 if (!$this->sortasc
) {
1079 $categories = array_reverse($categories);
1080 $pages = array_reverse($pages);
1082 $this->children
= array_merge($pages, $categories);
1084 core_collator
::asort_objects_by_property($this->children
, 'visiblename');
1085 if (!$this->sortasc
) {
1086 $this->children
= array_reverse($this->children
);
1089 $this->sorted
= true;
1091 return $this->children
;
1095 * Magically gets a property from this object.
1098 * @return part_of_admin_tree[]
1099 * @throws coding_exception
1101 public function __get($property) {
1102 if ($property === 'children') {
1103 return $this->get_children();
1105 throw new coding_exception('Invalid property requested.');
1109 * Magically sets a property against this object.
1111 * @param string $property
1112 * @param mixed $value
1113 * @throws coding_exception
1115 public function __set($property, $value) {
1116 if ($property === 'children') {
1117 $this->sorted
= false;
1118 $this->children
= $value;
1120 throw new coding_exception('Invalid property requested.');
1125 * Checks if an inaccessible property is set.
1127 * @param string $property
1129 * @throws coding_exception
1131 public function __isset($property) {
1132 if ($property === 'children') {
1133 return isset($this->children
);
1135 throw new coding_exception('Invalid property requested.');
1141 * Root of admin settings tree, does not have any parent.
1143 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
1145 class admin_root
extends admin_category
{
1146 /** @var array List of errors */
1148 /** @var string search query */
1150 /** @var bool full tree flag - true means all settings required, false only pages required */
1152 /** @var bool flag indicating loaded tree */
1154 /** @var mixed site custom defaults overriding defaults in settings files*/
1155 public $custom_defaults;
1158 * @param bool $fulltree true means all settings required,
1159 * false only pages required
1161 public function __construct($fulltree) {
1164 parent
::__construct('root', get_string('administration'), false);
1165 $this->errors
= array();
1167 $this->fulltree
= $fulltree;
1168 $this->loaded
= false;
1170 $this->category_cache
= array();
1172 // load custom defaults if found
1173 $this->custom_defaults
= null;
1174 $defaultsfile = "$CFG->dirroot/local/defaults.php";
1175 if (is_readable($defaultsfile)) {
1176 $defaults = array();
1177 include($defaultsfile);
1178 if (is_array($defaults) and count($defaults)) {
1179 $this->custom_defaults
= $defaults;
1185 * Empties children array, and sets loaded to false
1187 * @param bool $requirefulltree
1189 public function purge_children($requirefulltree) {
1190 $this->children
= array();
1191 $this->fulltree
= ($requirefulltree ||
$this->fulltree
);
1192 $this->loaded
= false;
1193 //break circular dependencies - this helps PHP 5.2
1194 while($this->category_cache
) {
1195 array_pop($this->category_cache
);
1197 $this->category_cache
= array();
1203 * Links external PHP pages into the admin tree.
1205 * See detailed usage example at the top of this document (adminlib.php)
1207 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
1209 class admin_externalpage
implements part_of_admin_tree
{
1211 /** @var string An internal name for this external page. Must be unique amongst ALL part_of_admin_tree objects */
1214 /** @var string The displayed name for this external page. Usually obtained through get_string(). */
1215 public $visiblename;
1217 /** @var string The external URL that we should link to when someone requests this external page. */
1220 /** @var array The role capability/permission a user must have to access this external page. */
1221 public $req_capability;
1223 /** @var object The context in which capability/permission should be checked, default is site context. */
1226 /** @var bool hidden in admin tree block. */
1229 /** @var mixed either string or array of string */
1232 /** @var array list of visible names of page parents */
1233 public $visiblepath;
1236 * Constructor for adding an external page into the admin tree.
1238 * @param string $name The internal name for this external page. Must be unique amongst ALL part_of_admin_tree objects.
1239 * @param string $visiblename The displayed name for this external page. Usually obtained through get_string().
1240 * @param string $url The external URL that we should link to when someone requests this external page.
1241 * @param mixed $req_capability The role capability/permission a user must have to access this external page. Defaults to 'moodle/site:config'.
1242 * @param boolean $hidden Is this external page hidden in admin tree block? Default false.
1243 * @param stdClass $context The context the page relates to. Not sure what happens
1244 * if you specify something other than system or front page. Defaults to system.
1246 public function __construct($name, $visiblename, $url, $req_capability='moodle/site:config', $hidden=false, $context=NULL) {
1247 $this->name
= $name;
1248 $this->visiblename
= $visiblename;
1250 if (is_array($req_capability)) {
1251 $this->req_capability
= $req_capability;
1253 $this->req_capability
= array($req_capability);
1255 $this->hidden
= $hidden;
1256 $this->context
= $context;
1260 * Returns a reference to the part_of_admin_tree object with internal name $name.
1262 * @param string $name The internal name of the object we want.
1263 * @param bool $findpath defaults to false
1264 * @return mixed A reference to the object with internal name $name if found, otherwise a reference to NULL.
1266 public function locate($name, $findpath=false) {
1267 if ($this->name
== $name) {
1269 $this->visiblepath
= array($this->visiblename
);
1270 $this->path
= array($this->name
);
1280 * This function always returns false, required function by interface
1282 * @param string $name
1285 public function prune($name) {
1290 * Search using query
1292 * @param string $query
1293 * @return mixed array-object structure of found settings and pages
1295 public function search($query) {
1297 if (strpos(strtolower($this->name
), $query) !== false) {
1299 } else if (strpos(core_text
::strtolower($this->visiblename
), $query) !== false) {
1303 $result = new stdClass();
1304 $result->page
= $this;
1305 $result->settings
= array();
1306 return array($this->name
=> $result);
1313 * Determines if the current user has access to this external page based on $this->req_capability.
1315 * @return bool True if user has access, false otherwise.
1317 public function check_access() {
1319 $context = empty($this->context
) ? context_system
::instance() : $this->context
;
1320 foreach($this->req_capability
as $cap) {
1321 if (has_capability($cap, $context)) {
1329 * Is this external page hidden in admin tree block?
1331 * @return bool True if hidden
1333 public function is_hidden() {
1334 return $this->hidden
;
1338 * Show we display Save button at the page bottom?
1341 public function show_save() {
1347 * Used to store details of the dependency between two settings elements.
1349 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
1350 * @copyright 2017 Davo Smith, Synergy Learning
1352 class admin_settingdependency
{
1353 /** @var string the name of the setting to be shown/hidden */
1354 public $settingname;
1355 /** @var string the setting this is dependent on */
1356 public $dependenton;
1357 /** @var string the condition to show/hide the element */
1359 /** @var string the value to compare against */
1362 /** @var string[] list of valid conditions */
1363 private static $validconditions = ['checked', 'notchecked', 'noitemselected', 'eq', 'neq', 'in'];
1366 * admin_settingdependency constructor.
1367 * @param string $settingname
1368 * @param string $dependenton
1369 * @param string $condition
1370 * @param string $value
1371 * @throws \coding_exception
1373 public function __construct($settingname, $dependenton, $condition, $value) {
1374 $this->settingname
= $this->parse_name($settingname);
1375 $this->dependenton
= $this->parse_name($dependenton);
1376 $this->condition
= $condition;
1377 $this->value
= $value;
1379 if (!in_array($this->condition
, self
::$validconditions)) {
1380 throw new coding_exception("Invalid condition '$condition'");
1385 * Convert the setting name into the form field name.
1386 * @param string $name
1389 private function parse_name($name) {
1390 $bits = explode('/', $name);
1391 $name = array_pop($bits);
1394 $plugin = array_pop($bits);
1395 if ($plugin === 'moodle') {
1399 return 's_'.$plugin.'_'.$name;
1403 * Gather together all the dependencies in a format suitable for initialising javascript
1404 * @param admin_settingdependency[] $dependencies
1407 public static function prepare_for_javascript($dependencies) {
1409 foreach ($dependencies as $d) {
1410 if (!isset($result[$d->dependenton
])) {
1411 $result[$d->dependenton
] = [];
1413 if (!isset($result[$d->dependenton
][$d->condition
])) {
1414 $result[$d->dependenton
][$d->condition
] = [];
1416 if (!isset($result[$d->dependenton
][$d->condition
][$d->value
])) {
1417 $result[$d->dependenton
][$d->condition
][$d->value
] = [];
1419 $result[$d->dependenton
][$d->condition
][$d->value
][] = $d->settingname
;
1426 * Used to group a number of admin_setting objects into a page and add them to the admin tree.
1428 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
1430 class admin_settingpage
implements part_of_admin_tree
{
1432 /** @var string An internal name for this external page. Must be unique amongst ALL part_of_admin_tree objects */
1435 /** @var string The displayed name for this external page. Usually obtained through get_string(). */
1436 public $visiblename;
1438 /** @var mixed An array of admin_setting objects that are part of this setting page. */
1441 /** @var admin_settingdependency[] list of settings to hide when certain conditions are met */
1442 protected $dependencies = [];
1444 /** @var array The role capability/permission a user must have to access this external page. */
1445 public $req_capability;
1447 /** @var object The context in which capability/permission should be checked, default is site context. */
1450 /** @var bool hidden in admin tree block. */
1453 /** @var mixed string of paths or array of strings of paths */
1456 /** @var array list of visible names of page parents */
1457 public $visiblepath;
1460 * see admin_settingpage for details of this function
1462 * @param string $name The internal name for this external page. Must be unique amongst ALL part_of_admin_tree objects.
1463 * @param string $visiblename The displayed name for this external page. Usually obtained through get_string().
1464 * @param mixed $req_capability The role capability/permission a user must have to access this external page. Defaults to 'moodle/site:config'.
1465 * @param boolean $hidden Is this external page hidden in admin tree block? Default false.
1466 * @param stdClass $context The context the page relates to. Not sure what happens
1467 * if you specify something other than system or front page. Defaults to system.
1469 public function __construct($name, $visiblename, $req_capability='moodle/site:config', $hidden=false, $context=NULL) {
1470 $this->settings
= new stdClass();
1471 $this->name
= $name;
1472 $this->visiblename
= $visiblename;
1473 if (is_array($req_capability)) {
1474 $this->req_capability
= $req_capability;
1476 $this->req_capability
= array($req_capability);
1478 $this->hidden
= $hidden;
1479 $this->context
= $context;
1483 * see admin_category
1485 * @param string $name
1486 * @param bool $findpath
1487 * @return mixed Object (this) if name == this->name, else returns null
1489 public function locate($name, $findpath=false) {
1490 if ($this->name
== $name) {
1492 $this->visiblepath
= array($this->visiblename
);
1493 $this->path
= array($this->name
);
1503 * Search string in settings page.
1505 * @param string $query
1508 public function search($query) {
1511 foreach ($this->settings
as $setting) {
1512 if ($setting->is_related($query)) {
1513 $found[] = $setting;
1518 $result = new stdClass();
1519 $result->page
= $this;
1520 $result->settings
= $found;
1521 return array($this->name
=> $result);
1525 if (strpos(strtolower($this->name
), $query) !== false) {
1527 } else if (strpos(core_text
::strtolower($this->visiblename
), $query) !== false) {
1531 $result = new stdClass();
1532 $result->page
= $this;
1533 $result->settings
= array();
1534 return array($this->name
=> $result);
1541 * This function always returns false, required by interface
1543 * @param string $name
1544 * @return bool Always false
1546 public function prune($name) {
1551 * adds an admin_setting to this admin_settingpage
1553 * not the same as add for admin_category. adds an admin_setting to this admin_settingpage. settings appear (on the settingpage) in the order in which they're added
1554 * n.b. each admin_setting in an admin_settingpage must have a unique internal name
1556 * @param object $setting is the admin_setting object you want to add
1557 * @return bool true if successful, false if not
1559 public function add($setting) {
1560 if (!($setting instanceof admin_setting
)) {
1561 debugging('error - not a setting instance');
1565 $name = $setting->name
;
1566 if ($setting->plugin
) {
1567 $name = $setting->plugin
. $name;
1569 $this->settings
->{$name} = $setting;
1574 * Hide the named setting if the specified condition is matched.
1576 * @param string $settingname
1577 * @param string $dependenton
1578 * @param string $condition
1579 * @param string $value
1581 public function hide_if($settingname, $dependenton, $condition = 'notchecked', $value = '1') {
1582 $this->dependencies
[] = new admin_settingdependency($settingname, $dependenton, $condition, $value);
1584 // Reformat the dependency name to the plugin | name format used in the display.
1585 $dependenton = str_replace('/', ' | ', $dependenton);
1587 // Let the setting know, so it can be displayed underneath.
1588 $findname = str_replace('/', '', $settingname);
1589 foreach ($this->settings
as $name => $setting) {
1590 if ($name === $findname) {
1591 $setting->add_dependent_on($dependenton);
1597 * see admin_externalpage
1599 * @return bool Returns true for yes false for no
1601 public function check_access() {
1603 $context = empty($this->context
) ? context_system
::instance() : $this->context
;
1604 foreach($this->req_capability
as $cap) {
1605 if (has_capability($cap, $context)) {
1613 * outputs this page as html in a table (suitable for inclusion in an admin pagetype)
1614 * @return string Returns an XHTML string
1616 public function output_html() {
1617 $adminroot = admin_get_root();
1618 $return = '<fieldset>'."\n".'<div class="clearer"><!-- --></div>'."\n";
1619 foreach($this->settings
as $setting) {
1620 $fullname = $setting->get_full_name();
1621 if (array_key_exists($fullname, $adminroot->errors
)) {
1622 $data = $adminroot->errors
[$fullname]->data
;
1624 $data = $setting->get_setting();
1625 // do not use defaults if settings not available - upgrade settings handles the defaults!
1627 $return .= $setting->output_html($data);
1629 $return .= '</fieldset>';
1634 * Is this settings page hidden in admin tree block?
1636 * @return bool True if hidden
1638 public function is_hidden() {
1639 return $this->hidden
;
1643 * Show we display Save button at the page bottom?
1646 public function show_save() {
1647 foreach($this->settings
as $setting) {
1648 if (empty($setting->nosave
)) {
1656 * Should any of the settings on this page be shown / hidden based on conditions?
1659 public function has_dependencies() {
1660 return (bool)$this->dependencies
;
1664 * Format the setting show/hide conditions ready to initialise the page javascript
1667 public function get_dependencies_for_javascript() {
1668 if (!$this->has_dependencies()) {
1671 return admin_settingdependency
::prepare_for_javascript($this->dependencies
);
1677 * Admin settings class. Only exists on setting pages.
1678 * Read & write happens at this level; no authentication.
1680 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
1682 abstract class admin_setting
{
1683 /** @var string unique ascii name, either 'mysetting' for settings that in config, or 'myplugin/mysetting' for ones in config_plugins. */
1685 /** @var string localised name */
1686 public $visiblename;
1687 /** @var string localised long description in Markdown format */
1688 public $description;
1689 /** @var mixed Can be string or array of string */
1690 public $defaultsetting;
1692 public $updatedcallback;
1693 /** @var mixed can be String or Null. Null means main config table */
1694 public $plugin; // null means main config table
1695 /** @var bool true indicates this setting does not actually save anything, just information */
1696 public $nosave = false;
1697 /** @var bool if set, indicates that a change to this setting requires rebuild course cache */
1698 public $affectsmodinfo = false;
1699 /** @var array of admin_setting_flag - These are extra checkboxes attached to a setting. */
1700 private $flags = array();
1701 /** @var bool Whether this field must be forced LTR. */
1702 private $forceltr = null;
1703 /** @var array list of other settings that may cause this setting to be hidden */
1704 private $dependenton = [];
1705 /** @var bool Whether this setting uses a custom form control */
1706 protected $customcontrol = false;
1710 * @param string $name unique ascii name, either 'mysetting' for settings that in config,
1711 * or 'myplugin/mysetting' for ones in config_plugins.
1712 * @param string $visiblename localised name
1713 * @param string $description localised long description
1714 * @param mixed $defaultsetting string or array depending on implementation
1716 public function __construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting) {
1717 $this->parse_setting_name($name);
1718 $this->visiblename
= $visiblename;
1719 $this->description
= $description;
1720 $this->defaultsetting
= $defaultsetting;
1724 * Generic function to add a flag to this admin setting.
1726 * @param bool $enabled - One of self::OPTION_ENABLED or self::OPTION_DISABLED
1727 * @param bool $default - The default for the flag
1728 * @param string $shortname - The shortname for this flag. Used as a suffix for the setting name.
1729 * @param string $displayname - The display name for this flag. Used as a label next to the checkbox.
1731 protected function set_flag_options($enabled, $default, $shortname, $displayname) {
1732 if (empty($this->flags
[$shortname])) {
1733 $this->flags
[$shortname] = new admin_setting_flag($enabled, $default, $shortname, $displayname);
1735 $this->flags
[$shortname]->set_options($enabled, $default);
1740 * Set the enabled options flag on this admin setting.
1742 * @param bool $enabled - One of self::OPTION_ENABLED or self::OPTION_DISABLED
1743 * @param bool $default - The default for the flag
1745 public function set_enabled_flag_options($enabled, $default) {
1746 $this->set_flag_options($enabled, $default, 'enabled', new lang_string('enabled', 'core_admin'));
1750 * Set the advanced options flag on this admin setting.
1752 * @param bool $enabled - One of self::OPTION_ENABLED or self::OPTION_DISABLED
1753 * @param bool $default - The default for the flag
1755 public function set_advanced_flag_options($enabled, $default) {
1756 $this->set_flag_options($enabled, $default, 'adv', new lang_string('advanced'));
1761 * Set the locked options flag on this admin setting.
1763 * @param bool $enabled - One of self::OPTION_ENABLED or self::OPTION_DISABLED
1764 * @param bool $default - The default for the flag
1766 public function set_locked_flag_options($enabled, $default) {
1767 $this->set_flag_options($enabled, $default, 'locked', new lang_string('locked', 'core_admin'));
1771 * Set the required options flag on this admin setting.
1773 * @param bool $enabled - One of self::OPTION_ENABLED or self::OPTION_DISABLED.
1774 * @param bool $default - The default for the flag.
1776 public function set_required_flag_options($enabled, $default) {
1777 $this->set_flag_options($enabled, $default, 'required', new lang_string('required', 'core_admin'));
1781 * Is this option forced in config.php?
1785 public function is_readonly(): bool {
1788 if (empty($this->plugin
)) {
1789 if (array_key_exists($this->name
, $CFG->config_php_settings
)) {
1793 if (array_key_exists($this->plugin
, $CFG->forced_plugin_settings
)
1794 and array_key_exists($this->name
, $CFG->forced_plugin_settings
[$this->plugin
])) {
1802 * Get the currently saved value for a setting flag
1804 * @param admin_setting_flag $flag - One of the admin_setting_flag for this admin_setting.
1807 public function get_setting_flag_value(admin_setting_flag
$flag) {
1808 $value = $this->config_read($this->name
. '_' . $flag->get_shortname());
1809 if (!isset($value)) {
1810 $value = $flag->get_default();
1813 return !empty($value);
1817 * Get the list of defaults for the flags on this setting.
1819 * @param array of strings describing the defaults for this setting. This is appended to by this function.
1821 public function get_setting_flag_defaults(& $defaults) {
1822 foreach ($this->flags
as $flag) {
1823 if ($flag->is_enabled() && $flag->get_default()) {
1824 $defaults[] = $flag->get_displayname();
1830 * Output the input fields for the advanced and locked flags on this setting.
1832 * @param bool $adv - The current value of the advanced flag.
1833 * @param bool $locked - The current value of the locked flag.
1834 * @return string $output - The html for the flags.
1836 public function output_setting_flags() {
1839 foreach ($this->flags
as $flag) {
1840 if ($flag->is_enabled()) {
1841 $output .= $flag->output_setting_flag($this);
1845 if (!empty($output)) {
1846 return html_writer
::tag('span', $output, array('class' => 'adminsettingsflags'));
1852 * Write the values of the flags for this admin setting.
1854 * @param array $data - The data submitted from the form or null to set the default value for new installs.
1855 * @return bool - true if successful.
1857 public function write_setting_flags($data) {
1859 foreach ($this->flags
as $flag) {
1860 $result = $result && $flag->write_setting_flag($this, $data);
1866 * Set up $this->name and potentially $this->plugin
1868 * Set up $this->name and possibly $this->plugin based on whether $name looks
1869 * like 'settingname' or 'plugin/settingname'. Also, do some sanity checking
1870 * on the names, that is, output a developer debug warning if the name
1871 * contains anything other than [a-zA-Z0-9_]+.
1873 * @param string $name the setting name passed in to the constructor.
1875 private function parse_setting_name($name) {
1876 $bits = explode('/', $name);
1877 if (count($bits) > 2) {
1878 throw new moodle_exception('invalidadminsettingname', '', '', $name);
1880 $this->name
= array_pop($bits);
1881 if (!preg_match('/^[a-zA-Z0-9_]+$/', $this->name
)) {
1882 throw new moodle_exception('invalidadminsettingname', '', '', $name);
1884 if (!empty($bits)) {
1885 $this->plugin
= array_pop($bits);
1886 if ($this->plugin
=== 'moodle') {
1887 $this->plugin
= null;
1888 } else if (!preg_match('/^[a-zA-Z0-9_]+$/', $this->plugin
)) {
1889 throw new moodle_exception('invalidadminsettingname', '', '', $name);
1895 * Returns the fullname prefixed by the plugin
1898 public function get_full_name() {
1899 return 's_'.$this->plugin
.'_'.$this->name
;
1903 * Returns the ID string based on plugin and name
1906 public function get_id() {
1907 return 'id_s_'.$this->plugin
.'_'.$this->name
;
1911 * @param bool $affectsmodinfo If true, changes to this setting will
1912 * cause the course cache to be rebuilt
1914 public function set_affects_modinfo($affectsmodinfo) {
1915 $this->affectsmodinfo
= $affectsmodinfo;
1919 * Returns the config if possible
1921 * @return mixed returns config if successful else null
1923 public function config_read($name) {
1925 if (!empty($this->plugin
)) {
1926 $value = get_config($this->plugin
, $name);
1927 return $value === false ?
NULL : $value;
1930 if (isset($CFG->$name)) {
1939 * Used to set a config pair and log change
1941 * @param string $name
1942 * @param mixed $value Gets converted to string if not null
1943 * @return bool Write setting to config table
1945 public function config_write($name, $value) {
1946 global $DB, $USER, $CFG;
1948 if ($this->nosave
) {
1952 // make sure it is a real change
1953 $oldvalue = get_config($this->plugin
, $name);
1954 $oldvalue = ($oldvalue === false) ?
null : $oldvalue; // normalise
1955 $value = is_null($value) ?
null : (string)$value;
1957 if ($oldvalue === $value) {
1962 set_config($name, $value, $this->plugin
);
1964 // Some admin settings affect course modinfo
1965 if ($this->affectsmodinfo
) {
1966 // Clear course cache for all courses
1967 rebuild_course_cache(0, true);
1970 $this->add_to_config_log($name, $oldvalue, $value);
1972 return true; // BC only
1976 * Log config changes if necessary.
1977 * @param string $name
1978 * @param string $oldvalue
1979 * @param string $value
1981 protected function add_to_config_log($name, $oldvalue, $value) {
1982 add_to_config_log($name, $oldvalue, $value, $this->plugin
);
1986 * Returns current value of this setting
1987 * @return mixed array or string depending on instance, NULL means not set yet
1989 public abstract function get_setting();
1992 * Returns default setting if exists
1993 * @return mixed array or string depending on instance; NULL means no default, user must supply
1995 public function get_defaultsetting() {
1996 $adminroot = admin_get_root(false, false);
1997 if (!empty($adminroot->custom_defaults
)) {
1998 $plugin = is_null($this->plugin
) ?
'moodle' : $this->plugin
;
1999 if (isset($adminroot->custom_defaults
[$plugin])) {
2000 if (array_key_exists($this->name
, $adminroot->custom_defaults
[$plugin])) { // null is valid value here ;-)
2001 return $adminroot->custom_defaults
[$plugin][$this->name
];
2005 return $this->defaultsetting
;
2011 * @param mixed $data string or array, must not be NULL
2012 * @return string empty string if ok, string error message otherwise
2014 public abstract function write_setting($data);
2017 * Return part of form with setting
2018 * This function should always be overwritten
2020 * @param mixed $data array or string depending on setting
2021 * @param string $query
2024 public function output_html($data, $query='') {
2025 // should be overridden
2030 * Function called if setting updated - cleanup, cache reset, etc.
2031 * @param string $functionname Sets the function name
2034 public function set_updatedcallback($functionname) {
2035 $this->updatedcallback
= $functionname;
2039 * Execute postupdatecallback if necessary.
2040 * @param mixed $original original value before write_setting()
2041 * @return bool true if changed, false if not.
2043 public function post_write_settings($original) {
2044 // Comparison must work for arrays too.
2045 if (serialize($original) === serialize($this->get_setting())) {
2049 $callbackfunction = $this->updatedcallback
;
2050 if (!empty($callbackfunction) and is_callable($callbackfunction)) {
2051 $callbackfunction($this->get_full_name());
2057 * Is setting related to query text - used when searching
2058 * @param string $query
2061 public function is_related($query) {
2062 if (strpos(strtolower($this->name
), $query) !== false) {
2065 if (strpos(core_text
::strtolower($this->visiblename
), $query) !== false) {
2068 if (strpos(core_text
::strtolower($this->description
), $query) !== false) {
2071 $current = $this->get_setting();
2072 if (!is_null($current)) {
2073 if (is_string($current)) {
2074 if (strpos(core_text
::strtolower($current), $query) !== false) {
2079 $default = $this->get_defaultsetting();
2080 if (!is_null($default)) {
2081 if (is_string($default)) {
2082 if (strpos(core_text
::strtolower($default), $query) !== false) {
2091 * Get whether this should be displayed in LTR mode.
2095 public function get_force_ltr() {
2096 return $this->forceltr
;
2100 * Set whether to force LTR or not.
2102 * @param bool $value True when forced, false when not force, null when unknown.
2104 public function set_force_ltr($value) {
2105 $this->forceltr
= $value;
2109 * Add a setting to the list of those that could cause this one to be hidden
2110 * @param string $dependenton
2112 public function add_dependent_on($dependenton) {
2113 $this->dependenton
[] = $dependenton;
2117 * Get a list of the settings that could cause this one to be hidden.
2120 public function get_dependent_on() {
2121 return $this->dependenton
;
2125 * Whether this setting uses a custom form control.
2126 * This function is especially useful to decide if we should render a label element for this setting or not.
2130 public function has_custom_form_control(): bool {
2131 return $this->customcontrol
;
2136 * An additional option that can be applied to an admin setting.
2137 * The currently supported options are 'ADVANCED', 'LOCKED' and 'REQUIRED'.
2139 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
2141 class admin_setting_flag
{
2142 /** @var bool Flag to indicate if this option can be toggled for this setting */
2143 private $enabled = false;
2144 /** @var bool Flag to indicate if this option defaults to true or false */
2145 private $default = false;
2146 /** @var string Short string used to create setting name - e.g. 'adv' */
2147 private $shortname = '';
2148 /** @var string String used as the label for this flag */
2149 private $displayname = '';
2150 /** @const Checkbox for this flag is displayed in admin page */
2151 const ENABLED
= true;
2152 /** @const Checkbox for this flag is not displayed in admin page */
2153 const DISABLED
= false;
2158 * @param bool $enabled Can this option can be toggled.
2159 * Should be one of admin_setting_flag::ENABLED or admin_setting_flag::DISABLED.
2160 * @param bool $default The default checked state for this setting option.
2161 * @param string $shortname The shortname of this flag. Currently supported flags are 'locked' and 'adv'
2162 * @param string $displayname The displayname of this flag. Used as a label for the flag.
2164 public function __construct($enabled, $default, $shortname, $displayname) {
2165 $this->shortname
= $shortname;
2166 $this->displayname
= $displayname;
2167 $this->set_options($enabled, $default);
2171 * Update the values of this setting options class
2173 * @param bool $enabled Can this option can be toggled.
2174 * Should be one of admin_setting_flag::ENABLED or admin_setting_flag::DISABLED.
2175 * @param bool $default The default checked state for this setting option.
2177 public function set_options($enabled, $default) {
2178 $this->enabled
= $enabled;
2179 $this->default = $default;
2183 * Should this option appear in the interface and be toggleable?
2185 * @return bool Is it enabled?
2187 public function is_enabled() {
2188 return $this->enabled
;
2192 * Should this option be checked by default?
2194 * @return bool Is it on by default?
2196 public function get_default() {
2197 return $this->default;
2201 * Return the short name for this flag. e.g. 'adv' or 'locked'
2205 public function get_shortname() {
2206 return $this->shortname
;
2210 * Return the display name for this flag. e.g. 'Advanced' or 'Locked'
2214 public function get_displayname() {
2215 return $this->displayname
;
2219 * Save the submitted data for this flag - or set it to the default if $data is null.
2221 * @param admin_setting $setting - The admin setting for this flag
2222 * @param array $data - The data submitted from the form or null to set the default value for new installs.
2225 public function write_setting_flag(admin_setting
$setting, $data) {
2227 if ($this->is_enabled()) {
2228 if (!isset($data)) {
2229 $value = $this->get_default();
2231 $value = !empty($data[$setting->get_full_name() . '_' . $this->get_shortname()]);
2233 $result = $setting->config_write($setting->name
. '_' . $this->get_shortname(), $value);
2241 * Output the checkbox for this setting flag. Should only be called if the flag is enabled.
2243 * @param admin_setting $setting - The admin setting for this flag
2244 * @return string - The html for the checkbox.
2246 public function output_setting_flag(admin_setting
$setting) {
2249 $value = $setting->get_setting_flag_value($this);
2251 $context = new stdClass();
2252 $context->id
= $setting->get_id() . '_' . $this->get_shortname();
2253 $context->name
= $setting->get_full_name() . '_' . $this->get_shortname();
2254 $context->value
= 1;
2255 $context->checked
= $value ?
true : false;
2256 $context->label
= $this->get_displayname();
2258 return $OUTPUT->render_from_template('core_admin/setting_flag', $context);
2264 * No setting - just heading and text.
2266 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
2268 class admin_setting_heading
extends admin_setting
{
2271 * not a setting, just text
2272 * @param string $name unique ascii name, either 'mysetting' for settings that in config, or 'myplugin/mysetting' for ones in config_plugins.
2273 * @param string $heading heading
2274 * @param string $information text in box
2276 public function __construct($name, $heading, $information) {
2277 $this->nosave
= true;
2278 parent
::__construct($name, $heading, $information, '');
2282 * Always returns true
2283 * @return bool Always returns true
2285 public function get_setting() {
2290 * Always returns true
2291 * @return bool Always returns true
2293 public function get_defaultsetting() {
2298 * Never write settings
2299 * @return string Always returns an empty string
2301 public function write_setting($data) {
2302 // do not write any setting
2307 * Returns an HTML string
2308 * @return string Returns an HTML string
2310 public function output_html($data, $query='') {
2312 $context = new stdClass();
2313 $context->title
= $this->visiblename
;
2314 $context->description
= $this->description
;
2315 $context->descriptionformatted
= highlight($query, markdown_to_html($this->description
));
2316 return $OUTPUT->render_from_template('core_admin/setting_heading', $context);
2321 * No setting - just name and description in same row.
2323 * @copyright 2018 onwards Amaia Anabitarte
2324 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
2326 class admin_setting_description
extends admin_setting
{
2329 * Not a setting, just text
2331 * @param string $name
2332 * @param string $visiblename
2333 * @param string $description
2335 public function __construct($name, $visiblename, $description) {
2336 $this->nosave
= true;
2337 parent
::__construct($name, $visiblename, $description, '');
2341 * Always returns true
2343 * @return bool Always returns true
2345 public function get_setting() {
2350 * Always returns true
2352 * @return bool Always returns true
2354 public function get_defaultsetting() {
2359 * Never write settings
2361 * @param mixed $data Gets converted to str for comparison against yes value
2362 * @return string Always returns an empty string
2364 public function write_setting($data) {
2365 // Do not write any setting.
2370 * Returns an HTML string
2372 * @param string $data
2373 * @param string $query
2374 * @return string Returns an HTML string
2376 public function output_html($data, $query='') {
2379 $context = new stdClass();
2380 $context->title
= $this->visiblename
;
2381 $context->description
= $this->description
;
2383 return $OUTPUT->render_from_template('core_admin/setting_description', $context);
2390 * The most flexible setting, the user enters text.
2392 * This type of field should be used for config settings which are using
2393 * English words and are not localised (passwords, database name, list of values, ...).
2395 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
2397 class admin_setting_configtext
extends admin_setting
{
2399 /** @var mixed int means PARAM_XXX type, string is a allowed format in regex */
2401 /** @var int default field size */
2405 * Config text constructor
2407 * @param string $name unique ascii name, either 'mysetting' for settings that in config, or 'myplugin/mysetting' for ones in config_plugins.
2408 * @param string $visiblename localised
2409 * @param string $description long localised info
2410 * @param string $defaultsetting
2411 * @param mixed $paramtype int means PARAM_XXX type, string is a allowed format in regex
2412 * @param int $size default field size
2414 public function __construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting, $paramtype=PARAM_RAW
, $size=null) {
2415 $this->paramtype
= $paramtype;
2416 if (!is_null($size)) {
2417 $this->size
= $size;
2419 $this->size
= ($paramtype === PARAM_INT
) ?
5 : 30;
2421 parent
::__construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting);
2425 * Get whether this should be displayed in LTR mode.
2427 * Try to guess from the PARAM type unless specifically set.
2429 public function get_force_ltr() {
2430 $forceltr = parent
::get_force_ltr();
2431 if ($forceltr === null) {
2432 return !is_rtl_compatible($this->paramtype
);
2438 * Return the setting
2440 * @return mixed returns config if successful else null
2442 public function get_setting() {
2443 return $this->config_read($this->name
);
2446 public function write_setting($data) {
2447 if ($this->paramtype
=== PARAM_INT
and $data === '') {
2448 // do not complain if '' used instead of 0
2451 // $data is a string
2452 $validated = $this->validate($data);
2453 if ($validated !== true) {
2456 return ($this->config_write($this->name
, $data) ?
'' : get_string('errorsetting', 'admin'));
2460 * Validate data before storage
2461 * @param string data
2462 * @return mixed true if ok string if error found
2464 public function validate($data) {
2465 // allow paramtype to be a custom regex if it is the form of /pattern/
2466 if (preg_match('#^/.*/$#', $this->paramtype
)) {
2467 if (preg_match($this->paramtype
, $data)) {
2470 return get_string('validateerror', 'admin');
2473 } else if ($this->paramtype
=== PARAM_RAW
) {
2477 $cleaned = clean_param($data, $this->paramtype
);
2478 if ("$data" === "$cleaned") { // implicit conversion to string is needed to do exact comparison
2481 return get_string('validateerror', 'admin');
2487 * Return an XHTML string for the setting
2488 * @return string Returns an XHTML string
2490 public function output_html($data, $query='') {
2493 $default = $this->get_defaultsetting();
2494 $context = (object) [
2495 'size' => $this->size
,
2496 'id' => $this->get_id(),
2497 'name' => $this->get_full_name(),
2499 'forceltr' => $this->get_force_ltr(),
2500 'readonly' => $this->is_readonly(),
2502 $element = $OUTPUT->render_from_template('core_admin/setting_configtext', $context);
2504 return format_admin_setting($this, $this->visiblename
, $element, $this->description
, true, '', $default, $query);
2509 * Text input with a maximum length constraint.
2511 * @copyright 2015 onwards Ankit Agarwal
2512 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
2514 class admin_setting_configtext_with_maxlength
extends admin_setting_configtext
{
2516 /** @var int maximum number of chars allowed. */
2517 protected $maxlength;
2520 * Config text constructor
2522 * @param string $name unique ascii name, either 'mysetting' for settings that in config,
2523 * or 'myplugin/mysetting' for ones in config_plugins.
2524 * @param string $visiblename localised
2525 * @param string $description long localised info
2526 * @param string $defaultsetting
2527 * @param mixed $paramtype int means PARAM_XXX type, string is a allowed format in regex
2528 * @param int $size default field size
2529 * @param mixed $maxlength int maxlength allowed, 0 for infinite.
2531 public function __construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting, $paramtype=PARAM_RAW
,
2532 $size=null, $maxlength = 0) {
2533 $this->maxlength
= $maxlength;
2534 parent
::__construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting, $paramtype, $size);
2538 * Validate data before storage
2540 * @param string $data data
2541 * @return mixed true if ok string if error found
2543 public function validate($data) {
2544 $parentvalidation = parent
::validate($data);
2545 if ($parentvalidation === true) {
2546 if ($this->maxlength
> 0) {
2547 // Max length check.
2548 $length = core_text
::strlen($data);
2549 if ($length > $this->maxlength
) {
2550 return get_string('maximumchars', 'moodle', $this->maxlength
);
2554 return true; // No max length check needed.
2557 return $parentvalidation;
2563 * General text area without html editor.
2565 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
2567 class admin_setting_configtextarea
extends admin_setting_configtext
{
2572 * @param string $name
2573 * @param string $visiblename
2574 * @param string $description
2575 * @param mixed $defaultsetting string or array
2576 * @param mixed $paramtype
2577 * @param string $cols The number of columns to make the editor
2578 * @param string $rows The number of rows to make the editor
2580 public function __construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting, $paramtype=PARAM_RAW
, $cols='60', $rows='8') {
2581 $this->rows
= $rows;
2582 $this->cols
= $cols;
2583 parent
::__construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting, $paramtype);
2587 * Returns an XHTML string for the editor
2589 * @param string $data
2590 * @param string $query
2591 * @return string XHTML string for the editor
2593 public function output_html($data, $query='') {
2596 $default = $this->get_defaultsetting();
2597 $defaultinfo = $default;
2598 if (!is_null($default) and $default !== '') {
2599 $defaultinfo = "\n".$default;
2602 $context = (object) [
2603 'cols' => $this->cols
,
2604 'rows' => $this->rows
,
2605 'id' => $this->get_id(),
2606 'name' => $this->get_full_name(),
2608 'forceltr' => $this->get_force_ltr(),
2609 'readonly' => $this->is_readonly(),
2611 $element = $OUTPUT->render_from_template('core_admin/setting_configtextarea', $context);
2613 return format_admin_setting($this, $this->visiblename
, $element, $this->description
, true, '', $defaultinfo, $query);
2618 * General text area with html editor.
2620 class admin_setting_confightmleditor
extends admin_setting_configtextarea
{
2623 * @param string $name
2624 * @param string $visiblename
2625 * @param string $description
2626 * @param mixed $defaultsetting string or array
2627 * @param mixed $paramtype
2629 public function __construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting, $paramtype=PARAM_RAW
, $cols='60', $rows='8') {
2630 parent
::__construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting, $paramtype, $cols, $rows);
2631 $this->set_force_ltr(false);
2632 editors_head_setup();
2636 * Returns an XHTML string for the editor
2638 * @param string $data
2639 * @param string $query
2640 * @return string XHTML string for the editor
2642 public function output_html($data, $query='') {
2643 $editor = editors_get_preferred_editor(FORMAT_HTML
);
2644 $editor->set_text($data);
2645 $editor->use_editor($this->get_id(), array('noclean'=>true));
2646 return parent
::output_html($data, $query);
2650 * Checks if data has empty html.
2652 * @param string $data
2653 * @return string Empty when no errors.
2655 public function write_setting($data) {
2656 if (trim(html_to_text($data)) === '') {
2659 return parent
::write_setting($data);
2665 * Password field, allows unmasking of password
2667 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
2669 class admin_setting_configpasswordunmask
extends admin_setting_configtext
{
2673 * @param string $name unique ascii name, either 'mysetting' for settings that in config, or 'myplugin/mysetting' for ones in config_plugins.
2674 * @param string $visiblename localised
2675 * @param string $description long localised info
2676 * @param string $defaultsetting default password
2678 public function __construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting) {
2679 parent
::__construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting, PARAM_RAW
, 30);
2683 * Log config changes if necessary.
2684 * @param string $name
2685 * @param string $oldvalue
2686 * @param string $value
2688 protected function add_to_config_log($name, $oldvalue, $value) {
2689 if ($value !== '') {
2690 $value = '********';
2692 if ($oldvalue !== '' and $oldvalue !== null) {
2693 $oldvalue = '********';
2695 parent
::add_to_config_log($name, $oldvalue, $value);
2699 * Returns HTML for the field.
2701 * @param string $data Value for the field
2702 * @param string $query Passed as final argument for format_admin_setting
2703 * @return string Rendered HTML
2705 public function output_html($data, $query='') {
2708 $context = (object) [
2709 'id' => $this->get_id(),
2710 'name' => $this->get_full_name(),
2711 'size' => $this->size
,
2712 'value' => $this->is_readonly() ?
null : $data,
2713 'forceltr' => $this->get_force_ltr(),
2714 'readonly' => $this->is_readonly(),
2716 $element = $OUTPUT->render_from_template('core_admin/setting_configpasswordunmask', $context);
2717 return format_admin_setting($this, $this->visiblename
, $element, $this->description
, true, '', null, $query);
2722 * Password field, allows unmasking of password, with an advanced checkbox that controls an additional $name.'_adv' setting.
2724 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
2725 * @copyright 2018 Paul Holden (pholden@greenhead.ac.uk)
2727 class admin_setting_configpasswordunmask_with_advanced
extends admin_setting_configpasswordunmask
{
2732 * @param string $name unique ascii name, either 'mysetting' for settings that in config, or 'myplugin/mysetting' for ones in config_plugins.
2733 * @param string $visiblename localised
2734 * @param string $description long localised info
2735 * @param array $defaultsetting ('value'=>string, 'adv'=>bool)
2737 public function __construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting) {
2738 parent
::__construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting['value']);
2739 $this->set_advanced_flag_options(admin_setting_flag
::ENABLED
, !empty($defaultsetting['adv']));
2744 * Empty setting used to allow flags (advanced) on settings that can have no sensible default.
2745 * Note: Only advanced makes sense right now - locked does not.
2747 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
2749 class admin_setting_configempty
extends admin_setting_configtext
{
2752 * @param string $name
2753 * @param string $visiblename
2754 * @param string $description
2756 public function __construct($name, $visiblename, $description) {
2757 parent
::__construct($name, $visiblename, $description, '', PARAM_RAW
);
2761 * Returns an XHTML string for the hidden field
2763 * @param string $data
2764 * @param string $query
2765 * @return string XHTML string for the editor
2767 public function output_html($data, $query='') {
2770 $context = (object) [
2771 'id' => $this->get_id(),
2772 'name' => $this->get_full_name()
2774 $element = $OUTPUT->render_from_template('core_admin/setting_configempty', $context);
2776 return format_admin_setting($this, $this->visiblename
, $element, $this->description
, true, '', get_string('none'), $query);
2784 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
2786 class admin_setting_configfile
extends admin_setting_configtext
{
2789 * @param string $name unique ascii name, either 'mysetting' for settings that in config, or 'myplugin/mysetting' for ones in config_plugins.
2790 * @param string $visiblename localised
2791 * @param string $description long localised info
2792 * @param string $defaultdirectory default directory location
2794 public function __construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultdirectory) {
2795 parent
::__construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultdirectory, PARAM_RAW
, 50);
2799 * Returns XHTML for the field
2801 * Returns XHTML for the field and also checks whether the file
2802 * specified in $data exists using file_exists()
2804 * @param string $data File name and path to use in value attr
2805 * @param string $query
2806 * @return string XHTML field
2808 public function output_html($data, $query='') {
2809 global $CFG, $OUTPUT;
2811 $default = $this->get_defaultsetting();
2812 $context = (object) [
2813 'id' => $this->get_id(),
2814 'name' => $this->get_full_name(),
2815 'size' => $this->size
,
2817 'showvalidity' => !empty($data),
2818 'valid' => $data && file_exists($data),
2819 'readonly' => !empty($CFG->preventexecpath
) ||
$this->is_readonly(),
2820 'forceltr' => $this->get_force_ltr(),
2823 if ($context->readonly
) {
2824 $this->visiblename
.= '<div class="alert alert-info">'.get_string('execpathnotallowed', 'admin').'</div>';
2827 $element = $OUTPUT->render_from_template('core_admin/setting_configfile', $context);
2829 return format_admin_setting($this, $this->visiblename
, $element, $this->description
, true, '', $default, $query);
2833 * Checks if execpatch has been disabled in config.php
2835 public function write_setting($data) {
2837 if (!empty($CFG->preventexecpath
)) {
2838 if ($this->get_setting() === null) {
2839 // Use default during installation.
2840 $data = $this->get_defaultsetting();
2841 if ($data === null) {
2848 return parent
::write_setting($data);
2855 * Path to executable file
2857 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
2859 class admin_setting_configexecutable
extends admin_setting_configfile
{
2862 * Returns an XHTML field
2864 * @param string $data This is the value for the field
2865 * @param string $query
2866 * @return string XHTML field
2868 public function output_html($data, $query='') {
2869 global $CFG, $OUTPUT;
2870 $default = $this->get_defaultsetting();
2871 require_once("$CFG->libdir/filelib.php");
2873 $context = (object) [
2874 'id' => $this->get_id(),
2875 'name' => $this->get_full_name(),
2876 'size' => $this->size
,
2878 'showvalidity' => !empty($data),
2879 'valid' => $data && file_exists($data) && !is_dir($data) && file_is_executable($data),
2880 'readonly' => !empty($CFG->preventexecpath
),
2881 'forceltr' => $this->get_force_ltr()
2884 if (!empty($CFG->preventexecpath
)) {
2885 $this->visiblename
.= '<div class="alert alert-info">'.get_string('execpathnotallowed', 'admin').'</div>';
2888 $element = $OUTPUT->render_from_template('core_admin/setting_configexecutable', $context);
2890 return format_admin_setting($this, $this->visiblename
, $element, $this->description
, true, '', $default, $query);
2898 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
2900 class admin_setting_configdirectory
extends admin_setting_configfile
{
2903 * Returns an XHTML field
2905 * @param string $data This is the value for the field
2906 * @param string $query
2907 * @return string XHTML
2909 public function output_html($data, $query='') {
2910 global $CFG, $OUTPUT;
2911 $default = $this->get_defaultsetting();
2913 $context = (object) [
2914 'id' => $this->get_id(),
2915 'name' => $this->get_full_name(),
2916 'size' => $this->size
,
2918 'showvalidity' => !empty($data),
2919 'valid' => $data && file_exists($data) && is_dir($data),
2920 'readonly' => !empty($CFG->preventexecpath
),
2921 'forceltr' => $this->get_force_ltr()
2924 if (!empty($CFG->preventexecpath
)) {
2925 $this->visiblename
.= '<div class="alert alert-info">'.get_string('execpathnotallowed', 'admin').'</div>';
2928 $element = $OUTPUT->render_from_template('core_admin/setting_configdirectory', $context);
2930 return format_admin_setting($this, $this->visiblename
, $element, $this->description
, true, '', $default, $query);
2938 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
2940 class admin_setting_configcheckbox
extends admin_setting
{
2941 /** @var string Value used when checked */
2943 /** @var string Value used when not checked */
2948 * @param string $name unique ascii name, either 'mysetting' for settings that in config, or 'myplugin/mysetting' for ones in config_plugins.
2949 * @param string $visiblename localised
2950 * @param string $description long localised info
2951 * @param string $defaultsetting
2952 * @param string $yes value used when checked
2953 * @param string $no value used when not checked
2955 public function __construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting, $yes='1', $no='0') {
2956 parent
::__construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting);
2957 $this->yes
= (string)$yes;
2958 $this->no
= (string)$no;
2962 * Retrieves the current setting using the objects name
2966 public function get_setting() {
2967 return $this->config_read($this->name
);
2971 * Sets the value for the setting
2973 * Sets the value for the setting to either the yes or no values
2974 * of the object by comparing $data to yes
2976 * @param mixed $data Gets converted to str for comparison against yes value
2977 * @return string empty string or error
2979 public function write_setting($data) {
2980 if ((string)$data === $this->yes
) { // convert to strings before comparison
2985 return ($this->config_write($this->name
, $data) ?
'' : get_string('errorsetting', 'admin'));
2989 * Returns an XHTML checkbox field
2991 * @param string $data If $data matches yes then checkbox is checked
2992 * @param string $query
2993 * @return string XHTML field
2995 public function output_html($data, $query='') {
2998 $context = (object) [
2999 'id' => $this->get_id(),
3000 'name' => $this->get_full_name(),
3002 'value' => $this->yes
,
3003 'checked' => (string) $data === $this->yes
,
3004 'readonly' => $this->is_readonly(),
3007 $default = $this->get_defaultsetting();
3008 if (!is_null($default)) {
3009 if ((string)$default === $this->yes
) {
3010 $defaultinfo = get_string('checkboxyes', 'admin');
3012 $defaultinfo = get_string('checkboxno', 'admin');
3015 $defaultinfo = NULL;
3018 $element = $OUTPUT->render_from_template('core_admin/setting_configcheckbox', $context);
3020 return format_admin_setting($this, $this->visiblename
, $element, $this->description
, true, '', $defaultinfo, $query);
3026 * Multiple checkboxes, each represents different value, stored in csv format
3028 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
3030 class admin_setting_configmulticheckbox
extends admin_setting
{
3031 /** @var array Array of choices value=>label */
3035 * Constructor: uses parent::__construct
3037 * @param string $name unique ascii name, either 'mysetting' for settings that in config, or 'myplugin/mysetting' for ones in config_plugins.
3038 * @param string $visiblename localised
3039 * @param string $description long localised info
3040 * @param array $defaultsetting array of selected
3041 * @param array $choices array of $value=>$label for each checkbox
3043 public function __construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting, $choices) {
3044 $this->choices
= $choices;
3045 parent
::__construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting);
3049 * This public function may be used in ancestors for lazy loading of choices
3051 * @todo Check if this function is still required content commented out only returns true
3052 * @return bool true if loaded, false if error
3054 public function load_choices() {
3056 if (is_array($this->choices)) {
3059 .... load choices here
3065 * Is setting related to query text - used when searching
3067 * @param string $query
3068 * @return bool true on related, false on not or failure
3070 public function is_related($query) {
3071 if (!$this->load_choices() or empty($this->choices
)) {
3074 if (parent
::is_related($query)) {
3078 foreach ($this->choices
as $desc) {
3079 if (strpos(core_text
::strtolower($desc), $query) !== false) {
3087 * Returns the current setting if it is set
3089 * @return mixed null if null, else an array
3091 public function get_setting() {
3092 $result = $this->config_read($this->name
);
3094 if (is_null($result)) {
3097 if ($result === '') {
3100 $enabled = explode(',', $result);
3102 foreach ($enabled as $option) {
3103 $setting[$option] = 1;
3109 * Saves the setting(s) provided in $data
3111 * @param array $data An array of data, if not array returns empty str
3112 * @return mixed empty string on useless data or bool true=success, false=failed
3114 public function write_setting($data) {
3115 if (!is_array($data)) {
3116 return ''; // ignore it
3118 if (!$this->load_choices() or empty($this->choices
)) {
3121 unset($data['xxxxx']);
3123 foreach ($data as $key => $value) {
3124 if ($value and array_key_exists($key, $this->choices
)) {
3128 return $this->config_write($this->name
, implode(',', $result)) ?
'' : get_string('errorsetting', 'admin');
3132 * Returns XHTML field(s) as required by choices
3134 * Relies on data being an array should data ever be another valid vartype with
3135 * acceptable value this may cause a warning/error
3136 * if (!is_array($data)) would fix the problem
3138 * @todo Add vartype handling to ensure $data is an array
3140 * @param array $data An array of checked values
3141 * @param string $query
3142 * @return string XHTML field
3144 public function output_html($data, $query='') {
3147 if (!$this->load_choices() or empty($this->choices
)) {
3151 $default = $this->get_defaultsetting();
3152 if (is_null($default)) {
3155 if (is_null($data)) {
3159 $context = (object) [
3160 'id' => $this->get_id(),
3161 'name' => $this->get_full_name(),
3165 $defaults = array();
3166 foreach ($this->choices
as $key => $description) {
3167 if (!empty($default[$key])) {
3168 $defaults[] = $description;
3173 'checked' => !empty($data[$key]),
3174 'label' => highlightfast($query, $description)
3178 if (is_null($default)) {
3179 $defaultinfo = null;
3180 } else if (!empty($defaults)) {
3181 $defaultinfo = implode(', ', $defaults);
3183 $defaultinfo = get_string('none');
3186 $context->options
= $options;
3187 $context->hasoptions
= !empty($options);
3189 $element = $OUTPUT->render_from_template('core_admin/setting_configmulticheckbox', $context);
3191 return format_admin_setting($this, $this->visiblename
, $element, $this->description
, false, '', $defaultinfo, $query);
3198 * Multiple checkboxes 2, value stored as string 00101011
3200 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
3202 class admin_setting_configmulticheckbox2
extends admin_setting_configmulticheckbox
{
3205 * Returns the setting if set
3207 * @return mixed null if not set, else an array of set settings
3209 public function get_setting() {
3210 $result = $this->config_read($this->name
);
3211 if (is_null($result)) {
3214 if (!$this->load_choices()) {
3217 $result = str_pad($result, count($this->choices
), '0');
3218 $result = preg_split('//', $result, -1, PREG_SPLIT_NO_EMPTY
);
3220 foreach ($this->choices
as $key=>$unused) {
3221 $value = array_shift($result);
3230 * Save setting(s) provided in $data param
3232 * @param array $data An array of settings to save
3233 * @return mixed empty string for bad data or bool true=>success, false=>error
3235 public function write_setting($data) {
3236 if (!is_array($data)) {
3237 return ''; // ignore it
3239 if (!$this->load_choices() or empty($this->choices
)) {
3243 foreach ($this->choices
as $key=>$unused) {
3244 if (!empty($data[$key])) {
3250 return $this->config_write($this->name
, $result) ?
'' : get_string('errorsetting', 'admin');
3256 * Select one value from list
3258 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
3260 class admin_setting_configselect
extends admin_setting
{
3261 /** @var array Array of choices value=>label */
3263 /** @var array Array of choices grouped using optgroups */
3265 /** @var callable|null Loader function for choices */
3266 protected $choiceloader = null;
3267 /** @var callable|null Validation function */
3268 protected $validatefunction = null;
3273 * If you want to lazy-load the choices, pass a callback function that returns a choice
3274 * array for the $choices parameter.
3276 * @param string $name unique ascii name, either 'mysetting' for settings that in config, or 'myplugin/mysetting' for ones in config_plugins.
3277 * @param string $visiblename localised
3278 * @param string $description long localised info
3279 * @param string|int $defaultsetting
3280 * @param array|callable|null $choices array of $value=>$label for each selection, or callback
3282 public function __construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting, $choices) {
3283 // Look for optgroup and single options.
3284 if (is_array($choices)) {
3285 $this->choices
= [];
3286 foreach ($choices as $key => $val) {
3287 if (is_array($val)) {
3288 $this->optgroups
[$key] = $val;
3289 $this->choices
= array_merge($this->choices
, $val);
3291 $this->choices
[$key] = $val;
3295 if (is_callable($choices)) {
3296 $this->choiceloader
= $choices;
3299 parent
::__construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting);
3303 * Sets a validate function.
3305 * The callback will be passed one parameter, the new setting value, and should return either
3306 * an empty string '' if the value is OK, or an error message if not.
3308 * @param callable|null $validatefunction Validate function or null to clear
3309 * @since Moodle 3.10
3311 public function set_validate_function(?callable
$validatefunction = null) {
3312 $this->validatefunction
= $validatefunction;
3316 * This function may be used in ancestors for lazy loading of choices
3318 * Override this method if loading of choices is expensive, such
3319 * as when it requires multiple db requests.
3321 * @return bool true if loaded, false if error
3323 public function load_choices() {
3324 if ($this->choiceloader
) {
3325 if (!is_array($this->choices
)) {
3326 $this->choices
= call_user_func($this->choiceloader
);
3334 * Check if this is $query is related to a choice
3336 * @param string $query
3337 * @return bool true if related, false if not
3339 public function is_related($query) {
3340 if (parent
::is_related($query)) {
3343 if (!$this->load_choices()) {
3346 foreach ($this->choices
as $key=>$value) {
3347 if (strpos(core_text
::strtolower($key), $query) !== false) {
3350 if (strpos(core_text
::strtolower($value), $query) !== false) {
3358 * Return the setting
3360 * @return mixed returns config if successful else null
3362 public function get_setting() {
3363 return $this->config_read($this->name
);
3369 * @param string $data
3370 * @return string empty of error string
3372 public function write_setting($data) {
3373 if (!$this->load_choices() or empty($this->choices
)) {
3376 if (!array_key_exists($data, $this->choices
)) {
3377 return ''; // ignore it
3380 // Validate the new setting.
3381 $error = $this->validate_setting($data);
3386 return ($this->config_write($this->name
, $data) ?
'' : get_string('errorsetting', 'admin'));
3390 * Validate the setting. This uses the callback function if provided; subclasses could override
3391 * to carry out validation directly in the class.
3393 * @param string $data New value being set
3394 * @return string Empty string if valid, or error message text
3395 * @since Moodle 3.10
3397 protected function validate_setting(string $data): string {
3398 // If validation function is specified, call it now.
3399 if ($this->validatefunction
) {
3400 return call_user_func($this->validatefunction
, $data);
3407 * Returns XHTML select field
3409 * Ensure the options are loaded, and generate the XHTML for the select
3410 * element and any warning message. Separating this out from output_html
3411 * makes it easier to subclass this class.
3413 * @param string $data the option to show as selected.
3414 * @param string $current the currently selected option in the database, null if none.
3415 * @param string $default the default selected option.
3416 * @return array the HTML for the select element, and a warning message.
3417 * @deprecated since Moodle 3.2
3419 public function output_select_html($data, $current, $default, $extraname = '') {
3420 debugging('The method admin_setting_configselect::output_select_html is depreacted, do not use any more.', DEBUG_DEVELOPER
);
3424 * Returns XHTML select field and wrapping div(s)
3426 * @see output_select_html()
3428 * @param string $data the option to show as selected
3429 * @param string $query
3430 * @return string XHTML field and wrapping div
3432 public function output_html($data, $query='') {
3435 $default = $this->get_defaultsetting();
3436 $current = $this->get_setting();
3438 if (!$this->load_choices() ||
empty($this->choices
)) {
3442 $context = (object) [
3443 'id' => $this->get_id(),
3444 'name' => $this->get_full_name(),
3447 if (!is_null($default) && array_key_exists($default, $this->choices
)) {
3448 $defaultinfo = $this->choices
[$default];
3450 $defaultinfo = NULL;
3455 if ($current === null) {
3457 } else if (empty($current) && (array_key_exists('', $this->choices
) ||
array_key_exists(0, $this->choices
))) {
3459 } else if (!array_key_exists($current, $this->choices
)) {
3460 $warning = get_string('warningcurrentsetting', 'admin', $current);
3461 if (!is_null($default) && $data == $current) {
3462 $data = $default; // Use default instead of first value when showing the form.
3467 $template = 'core_admin/setting_configselect';
3469 if (!empty($this->optgroups
)) {
3471 foreach ($this->optgroups
as $label => $choices) {
3472 $optgroup = array('label' => $label, 'options' => []);
3473 foreach ($choices as $value => $name) {
3474 $optgroup['options'][] = [
3477 'selected' => (string) $value == $data
3479 unset($this->choices
[$value]);
3481 $optgroups[] = $optgroup;
3483 $context->options
= $options;
3484 $context->optgroups
= $optgroups;
3485 $template = 'core_admin/setting_configselect_optgroup';
3488 foreach ($this->choices
as $value => $name) {
3492 'selected' => (string) $value == $data
3495 $context->options
= $options;
3496 $context->readonly
= $this->is_readonly();
3498 $element = $OUTPUT->render_from_template($template, $context);
3500 return format_admin_setting($this, $this->visiblename
, $element, $this->description
, true, $warning, $defaultinfo, $query);
3505 * Select multiple items from list
3507 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
3509 class admin_setting_configmultiselect
extends admin_setting_configselect
{
3512 * @param string $name unique ascii name, either 'mysetting' for settings that in config, or 'myplugin/mysetting' for ones in config_plugins.
3513 * @param string $visiblename localised
3514 * @param string $description long localised info
3515 * @param array $defaultsetting array of selected items
3516 * @param array $choices array of $value=>$label for each list item
3518 public function __construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting, $choices) {
3519 parent
::__construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting, $choices);
3523 * Returns the select setting(s)
3525 * @return mixed null or array. Null if no settings else array of setting(s)
3527 public function get_setting() {
3528 $result = $this->config_read($this->name
);
3529 if (is_null($result)) {
3532 if ($result === '') {
3535 return explode(',', $result);
3539 * Saves setting(s) provided through $data
3541 * Potential bug in the works should anyone call with this function
3542 * using a vartype that is not an array
3544 * @param array $data
3546 public function write_setting($data) {
3547 if (!is_array($data)) {
3548 return ''; //ignore it
3550 if (!$this->load_choices() or empty($this->choices
)) {
3554 unset($data['xxxxx']);
3557 foreach ($data as $value) {
3558 if (!array_key_exists($value, $this->choices
)) {
3559 continue; // ignore it
3564 return ($this->config_write($this->name
, implode(',', $save)) ?
'' : get_string('errorsetting', 'admin'));
3568 * Is setting related to query text - used when searching
3570 * @param string $query
3571 * @return bool true if related, false if not
3573 public function is_related($query) {
3574 if (!$this->load_choices() or empty($this->choices
)) {
3577 if (parent
::is_related($query)) {
3581 foreach ($this->choices
as $desc) {
3582 if (strpos(core_text
::strtolower($desc), $query) !== false) {
3590 * Returns XHTML multi-select field
3592 * @todo Add vartype handling to ensure $data is an array
3593 * @param array $data Array of values to select by default
3594 * @param string $query
3595 * @return string XHTML multi-select field
3597 public function output_html($data, $query='') {
3600 if (!$this->load_choices() or empty($this->choices
)) {
3604 $default = $this->get_defaultsetting();
3605 if (is_null($default)) {
3608 if (is_null($data)) {
3612 $context = (object) [
3613 'id' => $this->get_id(),
3614 'name' => $this->get_full_name(),
3615 'size' => min(10, count($this->choices
))
3620 $template = 'core_admin/setting_configmultiselect';
3622 if (!empty($this->optgroups
)) {
3624 foreach ($this->optgroups
as $label => $choices) {
3625 $optgroup = array('label' => $label, 'options' => []);
3626 foreach ($choices as $value => $name) {
3627 if (in_array($value, $default)) {
3628 $defaults[] = $name;
3630 $optgroup['options'][] = [
3633 'selected' => in_array($value, $data)
3635 unset($this->choices
[$value]);
3637 $optgroups[] = $optgroup;
3639 $context->optgroups
= $optgroups;
3640 $template = 'core_admin/setting_configmultiselect_optgroup';
3643 foreach ($this->choices
as $value => $name) {
3644 if (in_array($value, $default)) {
3645 $defaults[] = $name;
3650 'selected' => in_array($value, $data)
3653 $context->options
= $options;
3654 $context->readonly
= $this->is_readonly();
3656 if (is_null($default)) {
3657 $defaultinfo = NULL;
3658 } if (!empty($defaults)) {
3659 $defaultinfo = implode(', ', $defaults);
3661 $defaultinfo = get_string('none');
3664 $element = $OUTPUT->render_from_template($template, $context);
3666 return format_admin_setting($this, $this->visiblename
, $element, $this->description
, true, '', $defaultinfo, $query);
3673 * This is a liiitle bit messy. we're using two selects, but we're returning
3674 * them as an array named after $name (so we only use $name2 internally for the setting)
3676 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
3678 class admin_setting_configtime
extends admin_setting
{
3679 /** @var string Used for setting second select (minutes) */
3684 * @param string $hoursname setting for hours
3685 * @param string $minutesname setting for hours
3686 * @param string $visiblename localised
3687 * @param string $description long localised info
3688 * @param array $defaultsetting array representing default time 'h'=>hours, 'm'=>minutes
3690 public function __construct($hoursname, $minutesname, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting) {
3691 $this->name2
= $minutesname;
3692 parent
::__construct($hoursname, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting);
3696 * Get the selected time
3698 * @return mixed An array containing 'h'=>xx, 'm'=>xx, or null if not set
3700 public function get_setting() {
3701 $result1 = $this->config_read($this->name
);
3702 $result2 = $this->config_read($this->name2
);
3703 if (is_null($result1) or is_null($result2)) {
3707 return array('h' => $result1, 'm' => $result2);
3711 * Store the time (hours and minutes)
3713 * @param array $data Must be form 'h'=>xx, 'm'=>xx
3714 * @return bool true if success, false if not
3716 public function write_setting($data) {
3717 if (!is_array($data)) {
3721 $result = $this->config_write($this->name
, (int)$data['h']) && $this->config_write($this->name2
, (int)$data['m']);
3722 return ($result ?
'' : get_string('errorsetting', 'admin'));
3726 * Returns XHTML time select fields
3728 * @param array $data Must be form 'h'=>xx, 'm'=>xx
3729 * @param string $query
3730 * @return string XHTML time select fields and wrapping div(s)
3732 public function output_html($data, $query='') {
3735 $default = $this->get_defaultsetting();
3736 if (is_array($default)) {
3737 $defaultinfo = $default['h'].':'.$default['m'];
3739 $defaultinfo = NULL;
3742 $context = (object) [
3743 'id' => $this->get_id(),
3744 'name' => $this->get_full_name(),
3745 'readonly' => $this->is_readonly(),
3746 'hours' => array_map(function($i) use ($data) {
3750 'selected' => $i == $data['h']
3753 'minutes' => array_map(function($i) use ($data) {
3757 'selected' => $i == $data['m']
3762 $element = $OUTPUT->render_from_template('core_admin/setting_configtime', $context);
3764 return format_admin_setting($this, $this->visiblename
, $element, $this->description
,
3765 $this->get_id() . 'h', '', $defaultinfo, $query);
3772 * Seconds duration setting.
3774 * @copyright 2012 Petr Skoda (http://skodak.org)
3775 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
3777 class admin_setting_configduration
extends admin_setting
{
3779 /** @var int default duration unit */
3780 protected $defaultunit;
3784 * @param string $name unique ascii name, either 'mysetting' for settings that in config,
3785 * or 'myplugin/mysetting' for ones in config_plugins.
3786 * @param string $visiblename localised name
3787 * @param string $description localised long description
3788 * @param mixed $defaultsetting string or array depending on implementation
3789 * @param int $defaultunit - day, week, etc. (in seconds)
3791 public function __construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting, $defaultunit = 86400) {
3792 if (is_number($defaultsetting)) {
3793 $defaultsetting = self
::parse_seconds($defaultsetting);
3795 $units = self
::get_units();
3796 if (isset($units[$defaultunit])) {
3797 $this->defaultunit
= $defaultunit;
3799 $this->defaultunit
= 86400;
3801 parent
::__construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting);
3805 * Returns selectable units.
3809 protected static function get_units() {
3811 604800 => get_string('weeks'),
3812 86400 => get_string('days'),
3813 3600 => get_string('hours'),
3814 60 => get_string('minutes'),
3815 1 => get_string('seconds'),
3820 * Converts seconds to some more user friendly string.
3822 * @param int $seconds
3825 protected static function get_duration_text($seconds) {
3826 if (empty($seconds)) {
3827 return get_string('none');
3829 $data = self
::parse_seconds($seconds);
3830 switch ($data['u']) {
3832 return get_string('numweeks', '', $data['v']);
3834 return get_string('numdays', '', $data['v']);
3836 return get_string('numhours', '', $data['v']);
3838 return get_string('numminutes', '', $data['v']);
3840 return get_string('numseconds', '', $data['v']*$data['u']);
3845 * Finds suitable units for given duration.
3847 * @param int $seconds
3850 protected static function parse_seconds($seconds) {
3851 foreach (self
::get_units() as $unit => $unused) {
3852 if ($seconds %
$unit === 0) {
3853 return array('v'=>(int)($seconds/$unit), 'u'=>$unit);
3856 return array('v'=>(int)$seconds, 'u'=>1);
3860 * Get the selected duration as array.
3862 * @return mixed An array containing 'v'=>xx, 'u'=>xx, or null if not set
3864 public function get_setting() {
3865 $seconds = $this->config_read($this->name
);
3866 if (is_null($seconds)) {
3870 return self
::parse_seconds($seconds);
3874 * Store the duration as seconds.
3876 * @param array $data Must be form 'h'=>xx, 'm'=>xx
3877 * @return bool true if success, false if not
3879 public function write_setting($data) {
3880 if (!is_array($data)) {
3884 $seconds = (int)($data['v']*$data['u']);
3886 return get_string('errorsetting', 'admin');
3889 $result = $this->config_write($this->name
, $seconds);
3890 return ($result ?
'' : get_string('errorsetting', 'admin'));
3894 * Returns duration text+select fields.
3896 * @param array $data Must be form 'v'=>xx, 'u'=>xx
3897 * @param string $query
3898 * @return string duration text+select fields and wrapping div(s)
3900 public function output_html($data, $query='') {
3903 $default = $this->get_defaultsetting();
3904 if (is_number($default)) {
3905 $defaultinfo = self
::get_duration_text($default);
3906 } else if (is_array($default)) {
3907 $defaultinfo = self
::get_duration_text($default['v']*$default['u']);
3909 $defaultinfo = null;
3912 $inputid = $this->get_id() . 'v';
3913 $units = self
::get_units();
3914 $defaultunit = $this->defaultunit
;
3916 $context = (object) [
3917 'id' => $this->get_id(),
3918 'name' => $this->get_full_name(),
3919 'value' => $data['v'],
3920 'readonly' => $this->is_readonly(),
3921 'options' => array_map(function($unit) use ($units, $data, $defaultunit) {
3924 'name' => $units[$unit],
3925 'selected' => ($data['v'] == 0 && $unit == $defaultunit) ||
$unit == $data['u']
3927 }, array_keys($units))
3930 $element = $OUTPUT->render_from_template('core_admin/setting_configduration', $context);
3932 return format_admin_setting($this, $this->visiblename
, $element, $this->description
, $inputid, '', $defaultinfo, $query);
3938 * Seconds duration setting with an advanced checkbox, that controls a additional
3939 * $name.'_adv' setting.
3941 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
3942 * @copyright 2014 The Open University
3944 class admin_setting_configduration_with_advanced
extends admin_setting_configduration
{
3947 * @param string $name unique ascii name, either 'mysetting' for settings that in config,
3948 * or 'myplugin/mysetting' for ones in config_plugins.
3949 * @param string $visiblename localised name
3950 * @param string $description localised long description
3951 * @param array $defaultsetting array of int value, and bool whether it is
3952 * is advanced by default.
3953 * @param int $defaultunit - day, week, etc. (in seconds)
3955 public function __construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting, $defaultunit = 86400) {
3956 parent
::__construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting['value'], $defaultunit);
3957 $this->set_advanced_flag_options(admin_setting_flag
::ENABLED
, !empty($defaultsetting['adv']));
3963 * Used to validate a textarea used for ip addresses
3965 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
3966 * @copyright 2011 Petr Skoda (http://skodak.org)
3968 class admin_setting_configiplist
extends admin_setting_configtextarea
{
3971 * Validate the contents of the textarea as IP addresses
3973 * Used to validate a new line separated list of IP addresses collected from
3974 * a textarea control
3976 * @param string $data A list of IP Addresses separated by new lines
3977 * @return mixed bool true for success or string:error on failure
3979 public function validate($data) {
3981 $lines = explode("\n", $data);
3987 foreach ($lines as $line) {
3988 $tokens = explode('#', $line);
3989 $ip = trim($tokens[0]);
3993 if (preg_match('#^(\d{1,3})(\.\d{1,3}){0,3}$#', $ip, $match) ||
3994 preg_match('#^(\d{1,3})(\.\d{1,3}){0,3}(\/\d{1,2})$#', $ip, $match) ||
3995 preg_match('#^(\d{1,3})(\.\d{1,3}){3}(-\d{1,3})$#', $ip, $match)) {
4004 return get_string('validateiperror', 'admin', join(', ', $badips));
4010 * Used to validate a textarea used for domain names, wildcard domain names and IP addresses/ranges (both IPv4 and IPv6 format).
4012 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
4013 * @copyright 2016 Jake Dallimore (jrhdallimore@gmail.com)
4015 class admin_setting_configmixedhostiplist
extends admin_setting_configtextarea
{
4018 * Validate the contents of the textarea as either IP addresses, domain name or wildcard domain name (RFC 4592).
4019 * Used to validate a new line separated list of entries collected from a textarea control.
4021 * This setting provides support for internationalised domain names (IDNs), however, such UTF-8 names will be converted to
4022 * their ascii-compatible encoding (punycode) on save, and converted back to their UTF-8 representation when fetched
4023 * via the get_setting() method, which has been overriden.
4025 * @param string $data A list of FQDNs, DNS wildcard format domains, and IP addresses, separated by new lines.
4026 * @return mixed bool true for success or string:error on failure
4028 public function validate($data) {
4032 $entries = explode("\n", $data);
4035 foreach ($entries as $key => $entry) {
4036 $entry = trim($entry);
4037 if (empty($entry)) {
4038 return get_string('validateemptylineerror', 'admin');
4041 // Validate each string entry against the supported formats.
4042 if (\core\ip_utils
::is_ip_address($entry) || \core\ip_utils
::is_ipv6_range($entry)
4043 || \core\ip_utils
::is_ipv4_range($entry) || \core\ip_utils
::is_domain_name($entry)
4044 || \core\ip_utils
::is_domain_matching_pattern($entry)) {
4048 // Otherwise, the entry is invalid.
4049 $badentries[] = $entry;
4053 return get_string('validateerrorlist', 'admin', join(', ', $badentries));
4059 * Convert any lines containing international domain names (IDNs) to their ascii-compatible encoding (ACE).
4061 * @param string $data the setting data, as sent from the web form.
4062 * @return string $data the setting data, with all IDNs converted (using punycode) to their ascii encoded version.
4064 protected function ace_encode($data) {
4068 $entries = explode("\n", $data);
4069 foreach ($entries as $key => $entry) {
4070 $entry = trim($entry);
4071 // This regex matches any string that has non-ascii character.
4072 if (preg_match('/[^\x00-\x7f]/', $entry)) {
4073 // If we can convert the unicode string to an idn, do so.
4074 // Otherwise, leave the original unicode string alone and let the validation function handle it (it will fail).
4075 $val = idn_to_ascii($entry, IDNA_NONTRANSITIONAL_TO_ASCII
, INTL_IDNA_VARIANT_UTS46
);
4076 $entries[$key] = $val ?
$val : $entry;
4079 return implode("\n", $entries);
4083 * Decode any ascii-encoded domain names back to their utf-8 representation for display.
4085 * @param string $data the setting data, as found in the database.
4086 * @return string $data the setting data, with all ascii-encoded IDNs decoded back to their utf-8 representation.
4088 protected function ace_decode($data) {
4089 $entries = explode("\n", $data);
4090 foreach ($entries as $key => $entry) {
4091 $entry = trim($entry);
4092 if (strpos($entry, 'xn--') !== false) {
4093 $entries[$key] = idn_to_utf8($entry, IDNA_NONTRANSITIONAL_TO_ASCII
, INTL_IDNA_VARIANT_UTS46
);
4096 return implode("\n", $entries);
4100 * Override, providing utf8-decoding for ascii-encoded IDN strings.
4102 * @return mixed returns punycode-converted setting string if successful, else null.
4104 public function get_setting() {
4105 // Here, we need to decode any ascii-encoded IDNs back to their native, utf-8 representation.
4106 $data = $this->config_read($this->name
);
4107 if (function_exists('idn_to_utf8') && !is_null($data)) {
4108 $data = $this->ace_decode($data);
4114 * Override, providing ascii-encoding for utf8 (native) IDN strings.
4116 * @param string $data
4119 public function write_setting($data) {
4120 if ($this->paramtype
=== PARAM_INT
and $data === '') {
4121 // Do not complain if '' used instead of 0.
4125 // Try to convert any non-ascii domains to ACE prior to validation - we can't modify anything in validate!
4126 if (function_exists('idn_to_ascii')) {
4127 $data = $this->ace_encode($data);
4130 $validated = $this->validate($data);
4131 if ($validated !== true) {
4134 return ($this->config_write($this->name
, $data) ?
'' : get_string('errorsetting', 'admin'));
4139 * Used to validate a textarea used for port numbers.
4141 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
4142 * @copyright 2016 Jake Dallimore (jrhdallimore@gmail.com)
4144 class admin_setting_configportlist
extends admin_setting_configtextarea
{
4147 * Validate the contents of the textarea as port numbers.
4148 * Used to validate a new line separated list of ports collected from a textarea control.
4150 * @param string $data A list of ports separated by new lines
4151 * @return mixed bool true for success or string:error on failure
4153 public function validate($data) {
4157 $ports = explode("\n", $data);
4159 foreach ($ports as $port) {
4160 $port = trim($port);
4162 return get_string('validateemptylineerror', 'admin');
4165 // Is the string a valid integer number?
4166 if (strval(intval($port)) !== $port ||
intval($port) <= 0) {
4167 $badentries[] = $port;
4171 return get_string('validateerrorlist', 'admin', $badentries);
4179 * An admin setting for selecting one or more users who have a capability
4180 * in the system context
4182 * An admin setting for selecting one or more users, who have a particular capability
4183 * in the system context. Warning, make sure the list will never be too long. There is
4184 * no paging or searching of this list.
4186 * To correctly get a list of users from this config setting, you need to call the
4187 * get_users_from_config($CFG->mysetting, $capability); function in moodlelib.php.
4189 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
4191 class admin_setting_users_with_capability
extends admin_setting_configmultiselect
{
4192 /** @var string The capabilities name */
4193 protected $capability;
4194 /** @var int include admin users too */
4195 protected $includeadmins;
4200 * @param string $name unique ascii name, either 'mysetting' for settings that in config, or 'myplugin/mysetting' for ones in config_plugins.
4201 * @param string $visiblename localised name
4202 * @param string $description localised long description
4203 * @param array $defaultsetting array of usernames
4204 * @param string $capability string capability name.
4205 * @param bool $includeadmins include administrators
4207 function __construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting, $capability, $includeadmins = true) {
4208 $this->capability
= $capability;
4209 $this->includeadmins
= $includeadmins;
4210 parent
::__construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting, NULL);
4214 * Load all of the uses who have the capability into choice array
4216 * @return bool Always returns true
4218 function load_choices() {
4219 if (is_array($this->choices
)) {
4222 list($sort, $sortparams) = users_order_by_sql('u');
4223 if (!empty($sortparams)) {
4224 throw new coding_exception('users_order_by_sql returned some query parameters. ' .
4225 'This is unexpected, and a problem because there is no way to pass these ' .
4226 'parameters to get_users_by_capability. See MDL-34657.');
4228 $userfields = 'u.id, u.username, ' . get_all_user_name_fields(true, 'u');
4229 $users = get_users_by_capability(context_system
::instance(), $this->capability
, $userfields, $sort);
4230 $this->choices
= array(
4231 '$@NONE@$' => get_string('nobody'),
4232 '$@ALL@$' => get_string('everyonewhocan', 'admin', get_capability_string($this->capability
)),
4234 if ($this->includeadmins
) {
4235 $admins = get_admins();
4236 foreach ($admins as $user) {
4237 $this->choices
[$user->id
] = fullname($user);
4240 if (is_array($users)) {
4241 foreach ($users as $user) {
4242 $this->choices
[$user->id
] = fullname($user);
4249 * Returns the default setting for class
4251 * @return mixed Array, or string. Empty string if no default
4253 public function get_defaultsetting() {
4254 $this->load_choices();
4255 $defaultsetting = parent
::get_defaultsetting();
4256 if (empty($defaultsetting)) {
4257 return array('$@NONE@$');
4258 } else if (array_key_exists($defaultsetting, $this->choices
)) {
4259 return $defaultsetting;
4266 * Returns the current setting
4268 * @return mixed array or string
4270 public function get_setting() {
4271 $result = parent
::get_setting();
4272 if ($result === null) {
4273 // this is necessary for settings upgrade
4276 if (empty($result)) {
4277 $result = array('$@NONE@$');
4283 * Save the chosen setting provided as $data
4285 * @param array $data
4286 * @return mixed string or array
4288 public function write_setting($data) {
4289 // If all is selected, remove any explicit options.
4290 if (in_array('$@ALL@$', $data)) {
4291 $data = array('$@ALL@$');
4293 // None never needs to be written to the DB.
4294 if (in_array('$@NONE@$', $data)) {
4295 unset($data[array_search('$@NONE@$', $data)]);
4297 return parent
::write_setting($data);
4303 * Special checkbox for calendar - resets SESSION vars.
4305 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
4307 class admin_setting_special_adminseesall
extends admin_setting_configcheckbox
{
4309 * Calls the parent::__construct with default values
4311 * name => calendar_adminseesall
4312 * visiblename => get_string('adminseesall', 'admin')
4313 * description => get_string('helpadminseesall', 'admin')
4314 * defaultsetting => 0
4316 public function __construct() {
4317 parent
::__construct('calendar_adminseesall', get_string('adminseesall', 'admin'),
4318 get_string('helpadminseesall', 'admin'), '0');
4322 * Stores the setting passed in $data
4324 * @param mixed gets converted to string for comparison
4325 * @return string empty string or error message
4327 public function write_setting($data) {
4329 return parent
::write_setting($data);
4334 * Special select for settings that are altered in setup.php and can not be altered on the fly
4336 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
4338 class admin_setting_special_selectsetup
extends admin_setting_configselect
{
4340 * Reads the setting directly from the database
4344 public function get_setting() {
4345 // read directly from db!
4346 return get_config(NULL, $this->name
);
4350 * Save the setting passed in $data
4352 * @param string $data The setting to save
4353 * @return string empty or error message
4355 public function write_setting($data) {
4357 // do not change active CFG setting!
4358 $current = $CFG->{$this->name
};
4359 $result = parent
::write_setting($data);
4360 $CFG->{$this->name
} = $current;
4367 * Special select for frontpage - stores data in course table
4369 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
4371 class admin_setting_sitesetselect
extends admin_setting_configselect
{
4373 * Returns the site name for the selected site
4376 * @return string The site name of the selected site
4378 public function get_setting() {
4379 $site = course_get_format(get_site())->get_course();
4380 return $site->{$this->name
};
4384 * Updates the database and save the setting
4386 * @param string data
4387 * @return string empty or error message
4389 public function write_setting($data) {
4390 global $DB, $SITE, $COURSE;
4391 if (!in_array($data, array_keys($this->choices
))) {
4392 return get_string('errorsetting', 'admin');
4394 $record = new stdClass();
4395 $record->id
= SITEID
;
4396 $temp = $this->name
;
4397 $record->$temp = $data;
4398 $record->timemodified
= time();
4400 course_get_format($SITE)->update_course_format_options($record);
4401 $DB->update_record('course', $record);
4404 $SITE = $DB->get_record('course', array('id'=>$SITE->id
), '*', MUST_EXIST
);
4405 if ($SITE->id
== $COURSE->id
) {
4408 format_base
::reset_course_cache($SITE->id
);
4417 * Select for blog's bloglevel setting: if set to 0, will set blog_menu
4420 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
4422 class admin_setting_bloglevel
extends admin_setting_configselect
{
4424 * Updates the database and save the setting
4426 * @param string data
4427 * @return string empty or error message
4429 public function write_setting($data) {
4432 $blogblocks = $DB->get_records_select('block', "name LIKE 'blog_%' AND visible = 1");
4433 foreach ($blogblocks as $block) {
4434 $DB->set_field('block', 'visible', 0, array('id' => $block->id
));
4437 // reenable all blocks only when switching from disabled blogs
4438 if (isset($CFG->bloglevel
) and $CFG->bloglevel
== 0) {
4439 $blogblocks = $DB->get_records_select('block', "name LIKE 'blog_%' AND visible = 0");
4440 foreach ($blogblocks as $block) {
4441 $DB->set_field('block', 'visible', 1, array('id' => $block->id
));
4445 return parent
::write_setting($data);
4451 * Special select - lists on the frontpage - hacky
4453 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
4455 class admin_setting_courselist_frontpage
extends admin_setting
{
4456 /** @var array Array of choices value=>label */
4460 * Construct override, requires one param
4462 * @param bool $loggedin Is the user logged in
4464 public function __construct($loggedin) {
4466 require_once($CFG->dirroot
.'/course/lib.php');
4467 $name = 'frontpage'.($loggedin ?
'loggedin' : '');
4468 $visiblename = get_string('frontpage'.($loggedin ?
'loggedin' : ''),'admin');
4469 $description = get_string('configfrontpage'.($loggedin ?
'loggedin' : ''),'admin');
4470 $defaults = array(FRONTPAGEALLCOURSELIST
);
4471 parent
::__construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaults);
4475 * Loads the choices available
4477 * @return bool always returns true
4479 public function load_choices() {
4480 if (is_array($this->choices
)) {
4483 $this->choices
= array(FRONTPAGENEWS
=> get_string('frontpagenews'),
4484 FRONTPAGEALLCOURSELIST
=> get_string('frontpagecourselist'),
4485 FRONTPAGEENROLLEDCOURSELIST
=> get_string('frontpageenrolledcourselist'),
4486 FRONTPAGECATEGORYNAMES
=> get_string('frontpagecategorynames'),
4487 FRONTPAGECATEGORYCOMBO
=> get_string('frontpagecategorycombo'),
4488 FRONTPAGECOURSESEARCH
=> get_string('frontpagecoursesearch'),
4489 'none' => get_string('none'));
4490 if ($this->name
=== 'frontpage') {
4491 unset($this->choices
[FRONTPAGEENROLLEDCOURSELIST
]);
4497 * Returns the selected settings
4499 * @param mixed array or setting or null
4501 public function get_setting() {
4502 $result = $this->config_read($this->name
);
4503 if (is_null($result)) {
4506 if ($result === '') {
4509 return explode(',', $result);
4513 * Save the selected options
4515 * @param array $data
4516 * @return mixed empty string (data is not an array) or bool true=success false=failure
4518 public function write_setting($data) {
4519 if (!is_array($data)) {
4522 $this->load_choices();
4524 foreach($data as $datum) {
4525 if ($datum == 'none' or !array_key_exists($datum, $this->choices
)) {
4528 $save[$datum] = $datum; // no duplicates
4530 return ($this->config_write($this->name
, implode(',', $save)) ?
'' : get_string('errorsetting', 'admin'));
4534 * Return XHTML select field and wrapping div
4536 * @todo Add vartype handling to make sure $data is an array
4537 * @param array $data Array of elements to select by default
4538 * @return string XHTML select field and wrapping div
4540 public function output_html($data, $query='') {
4543 $this->load_choices();
4544 $currentsetting = array();
4545 foreach ($data as $key) {
4546 if ($key != 'none' and array_key_exists($key, $this->choices
)) {
4547 $currentsetting[] = $key; // already selected first
4551 $context = (object) [
4552 'id' => $this->get_id(),
4553 'name' => $this->get_full_name(),
4556 $options = $this->choices
;
4558 for ($i = 0; $i < count($this->choices
) - 1; $i++
) {
4559 if (!array_key_exists($i, $currentsetting)) {
4560 $currentsetting[$i] = 'none';
4564 'options' => array_map(function($option) use ($options, $currentsetting, $i) {
4566 'name' => $options[$option],
4568 'selected' => $currentsetting[$i] == $option
4570 }, array_keys($options))
4573 $context->selects
= $selects;
4575 $element = $OUTPUT->render_from_template('core_admin/setting_courselist_frontpage', $context);
4577 return format_admin_setting($this, $this->visiblename
, $element, $this->description
, false, '', null, $query);
4583 * Special checkbox for frontpage - stores data in course table
4585 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
4587 class admin_setting_sitesetcheckbox
extends admin_setting_configcheckbox
{
4589 * Returns the current sites name
4593 public function get_setting() {
4594 $site = course_get_format(get_site())->get_course();
4595 return $site->{$this->name
};
4599 * Save the selected setting
4601 * @param string $data The selected site
4602 * @return string empty string or error message
4604 public function write_setting($data) {
4605 global $DB, $SITE, $COURSE;
4606 $record = new stdClass();
4607 $record->id
= $SITE->id
;
4608 $record->{$this->name
} = ($data == '1' ?
1 : 0);
4609 $record->timemodified
= time();
4611 course_get_format($SITE)->update_course_format_options($record);
4612 $DB->update_record('course', $record);
4615 $SITE = $DB->get_record('course', array('id'=>$SITE->id
), '*', MUST_EXIST
);
4616 if ($SITE->id
== $COURSE->id
) {
4619 format_base
::reset_course_cache($SITE->id
);
4626 * Special text for frontpage - stores data in course table.
4627 * Empty string means not set here. Manual setting is required.
4629 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
4631 class admin_setting_sitesettext
extends admin_setting_configtext
{
4636 public function __construct() {
4637 call_user_func_array(['parent', '__construct'], func_get_args());
4638 $this->set_force_ltr(false);
4642 * Return the current setting
4644 * @return mixed string or null
4646 public function get_setting() {
4647 $site = course_get_format(get_site())->get_course();
4648 return $site->{$this->name
} != '' ?
$site->{$this->name
} : NULL;
4652 * Validate the selected data
4654 * @param string $data The selected value to validate
4655 * @return mixed true or message string
4657 public function validate($data) {
4659 $cleaned = clean_param($data, PARAM_TEXT
);
4660 if ($cleaned === '') {
4661 return get_string('required');
4663 if ($this->name
==='shortname' &&
4664 $DB->record_exists_sql('SELECT id from {course} WHERE shortname = ? AND id <> ?', array($data, $SITE->id
))) {
4665 return get_string('shortnametaken', 'error', $data);
4667 if ("$data" == "$cleaned") { // implicit conversion to string is needed to do exact comparison
4670 return get_string('validateerror', 'admin');
4675 * Save the selected setting
4677 * @param string $data The selected value
4678 * @return string empty or error message
4680 public function write_setting($data) {
4681 global $DB, $SITE, $COURSE;
4682 $data = trim($data);
4683 $validated = $this->validate($data);
4684 if ($validated !== true) {
4688 $record = new stdClass();
4689 $record->id
= $SITE->id
;
4690 $record->{$this->name
} = $data;
4691 $record->timemodified
= time();
4693 course_get_format($SITE)->update_course_format_options($record);
4694 $DB->update_record('course', $record);
4697 $SITE = $DB->get_record('course', array('id'=>$SITE->id
), '*', MUST_EXIST
);
4698 if ($SITE->id
== $COURSE->id
) {
4701 format_base
::reset_course_cache($SITE->id
);
4709 * Special text editor for site description.
4711 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
4713 class admin_setting_special_frontpagedesc
extends admin_setting_confightmleditor
{
4716 * Calls parent::__construct with specific arguments
4718 public function __construct() {
4719 parent
::__construct('summary', get_string('frontpagedescription'), get_string('frontpagedescriptionhelp'), null,
4724 * Return the current setting
4725 * @return string The current setting
4727 public function get_setting() {
4728 $site = course_get_format(get_site())->get_course();
4729 return $site->{$this->name
};
4733 * Save the new setting
4735 * @param string $data The new value to save
4736 * @return string empty or error message
4738 public function write_setting($data) {
4739 global $DB, $SITE, $COURSE;
4740 $record = new stdClass();
4741 $record->id
= $SITE->id
;
4742 $record->{$this->name
} = $data;
4743 $record->timemodified
= time();
4745 course_get_format($SITE)->update_course_format_options($record);
4746 $DB->update_record('course', $record);
4749 $SITE = $DB->get_record('course', array('id'=>$SITE->id
), '*', MUST_EXIST
);
4750 if ($SITE->id
== $COURSE->id
) {
4753 format_base
::reset_course_cache($SITE->id
);
4761 * Administration interface for emoticon_manager settings.
4763 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
4765 class admin_setting_emoticons
extends admin_setting
{
4768 * Calls parent::__construct with specific args
4770 public function __construct() {
4773 $manager = get_emoticon_manager();
4774 $defaults = $this->prepare_form_data($manager->default_emoticons());
4775 parent
::__construct('emoticons', get_string('emoticons', 'admin'), get_string('emoticons_desc', 'admin'), $defaults);
4779 * Return the current setting(s)
4781 * @return array Current settings array
4783 public function get_setting() {
4786 $manager = get_emoticon_manager();
4788 $config = $this->config_read($this->name
);
4789 if (is_null($config)) {
4793 $config = $manager->decode_stored_config($config);
4794 if (is_null($config)) {
4798 return $this->prepare_form_data($config);
4802 * Save selected settings
4804 * @param array $data Array of settings to save
4807 public function write_setting($data) {
4809 $manager = get_emoticon_manager();
4810 $emoticons = $this->process_form_data($data);
4812 if ($emoticons === false) {
4816 if ($this->config_write($this->name
, $manager->encode_stored_config($emoticons))) {
4817 return ''; // success
4819 return get_string('errorsetting', 'admin') . $this->visiblename
. html_writer
::empty_tag('br');
4824 * Return XHTML field(s) for options
4826 * @param array $data Array of options to set in HTML
4827 * @return string XHTML string for the fields and wrapping div(s)
4829 public function output_html($data, $query='') {
4832 $context = (object) [
4833 'name' => $this->get_full_name(),
4839 foreach ($data as $field => $value) {
4841 // When $i == 0: text.
4842 // When $i == 1: imagename.
4843 // When $i == 2: imagecomponent.
4844 // When $i == 3: altidentifier.
4845 // When $i == 4: altcomponent.
4846 $fields[$i] = (object) [
4855 if (!empty($fields[1]->value
)) {
4856 if (get_string_manager()->string_exists($fields[3]->value
, $fields[4]->value
)) {
4857 $alt = get_string($fields[3]->value
, $fields[4]->value
);
4859 $alt = $fields[0]->value
;
4861 $icon = new pix_emoticon($fields[1]->value
, $alt, $fields[2]->value
);
4863 $context->emoticons
[] = [
4864 'fields' => $fields,
4865 'icon' => $icon ?
$icon->export_for_template($OUTPUT) : null
4872 $context->reseturl
= new moodle_url('/admin/resetemoticons.php');
4873 $element = $OUTPUT->render_from_template('core_admin/setting_emoticons', $context);
4874 return format_admin_setting($this, $this->visiblename
, $element, $this->description
, false, '', NULL, $query);
4878 * Converts the array of emoticon objects provided by {@see emoticon_manager} into admin settings form data
4880 * @see self::process_form_data()
4881 * @param array $emoticons array of emoticon objects as returned by {@see emoticon_manager}
4882 * @return array of form fields and their values
4884 protected function prepare_form_data(array $emoticons) {
4888 foreach ($emoticons as $emoticon) {
4889 $form['text'.$i] = $emoticon->text
;
4890 $form['imagename'.$i] = $emoticon->imagename
;
4891 $form['imagecomponent'.$i] = $emoticon->imagecomponent
;
4892 $form['altidentifier'.$i] = $emoticon->altidentifier
;
4893 $form['altcomponent'.$i] = $emoticon->altcomponent
;
4896 // add one more blank field set for new object
4897 $form['text'.$i] = '';
4898 $form['imagename'.$i] = '';
4899 $form['imagecomponent'.$i] = '';
4900 $form['altidentifier'.$i] = '';
4901 $form['altcomponent'.$i] = '';
4907 * Converts the data from admin settings form into an array of emoticon objects
4909 * @see self::prepare_form_data()
4910 * @param array $data array of admin form fields and values
4911 * @return false|array of emoticon objects
4913 protected function process_form_data(array $form) {
4915 $count = count($form); // number of form field values
4918 // we must get five fields per emoticon object
4922 $emoticons = array();
4923 for ($i = 0; $i < $count / 5; $i++
) {
4924 $emoticon = new stdClass();
4925 $emoticon->text
= clean_param(trim($form['text'.$i]), PARAM_NOTAGS
);
4926 $emoticon->imagename
= clean_param(trim($form['imagename'.$i]), PARAM_PATH
);
4927 $emoticon->imagecomponent
= clean_param(trim($form['imagecomponent'.$i]), PARAM_COMPONENT
);
4928 $emoticon->altidentifier
= clean_param(trim($form['altidentifier'.$i]), PARAM_STRINGID
);
4929 $emoticon->altcomponent
= clean_param(trim($form['altcomponent'.$i]), PARAM_COMPONENT
);
4931 if (strpos($emoticon->text
, ':/') !== false or strpos($emoticon->text
, '//') !== false) {
4932 // prevent from breaking http://url.addresses by accident
4933 $emoticon->text
= '';
4936 if (strlen($emoticon->text
) < 2) {
4937 // do not allow single character emoticons
4938 $emoticon->text
= '';
4941 if (preg_match('/^[a-zA-Z]+[a-zA-Z0-9]*$/', $emoticon->text
)) {
4942 // emoticon text must contain some non-alphanumeric character to prevent
4943 // breaking HTML tags
4944 $emoticon->text
= '';
4947 if ($emoticon->text
!== '' and $emoticon->imagename
!== '' and $emoticon->imagecomponent
!== '') {
4948 $emoticons[] = $emoticon;
4958 * Special setting for limiting of the list of available languages.
4960 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
4962 class admin_setting_langlist
extends admin_setting_configtext
{
4964 * Calls parent::__construct with specific arguments
4966 public function __construct() {
4967 parent
::__construct('langlist', get_string('langlist', 'admin'), get_string('configlanglist', 'admin'), '', PARAM_NOTAGS
);
4971 * Validate that each language identifier exists on the site
4973 * @param string $data
4974 * @return bool|string True if validation successful, otherwise error string
4976 public function validate($data) {
4977 $parentcheck = parent
::validate($data);
4978 if ($parentcheck !== true) {
4979 return $parentcheck;
4986 // Normalize language identifiers.
4987 $langcodes = array_map('trim', explode(',', $data));
4988 foreach ($langcodes as $langcode) {
4989 // If the langcode contains optional alias, split it out.
4990 [$langcode, ] = preg_split('/\s*\|\s*/', $langcode, 2);
4992 if (!get_string_manager()->translation_exists($langcode)) {
4993 return get_string('invalidlanguagecode', 'error', $langcode);
5001 * Save the new setting
5003 * @param string $data The new setting
5006 public function write_setting($data) {
5007 $return = parent
::write_setting($data);
5008 get_string_manager()->reset_caches();
5015 * Allows to specify comma separated list of known country codes.
5017 * This is a simple subclass of the plain input text field with added validation so that all the codes are actually
5022 * @copyright 2020 David Mudrák <david@moodle.com>
5023 * @license https://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
5025 class admin_setting_countrycodes
extends admin_setting_configtext
{
5028 * Construct the instance of the setting.
5030 * @param string $name Name of the admin setting such as 'allcountrycodes' or 'myplugin/countries'.
5031 * @param lang_string|string $visiblename Language string with the field label text.
5032 * @param lang_string|string $description Language string with the field description text.
5033 * @param string $defaultsetting Default value of the setting.
5034 * @param int $size Input text field size.
5036 public function __construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting = '', $size = null) {
5037 parent
::__construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting, '/^(?:\w+(?:,\w+)*)?$/', $size);
5041 * Validate the setting value before storing it.
5043 * The value is first validated through custom regex so that it is a word consisting of letters, numbers or underscore; or
5044 * a comma separated list of such words.
5046 * @param string $data Value inserted into the setting field.
5047 * @return bool|string True if the value is OK, error string otherwise.
5049 public function validate($data) {
5051 $parentcheck = parent
::validate($data);
5053 if ($parentcheck !== true) {
5054 return $parentcheck;
5061 $allcountries = get_string_manager()->get_list_of_countries(true);
5063 foreach (explode(',', $data) as $code) {
5064 if (!isset($allcountries[$code])) {
5065 return get_string('invalidcountrycode', 'core_error', $code);
5075 * Selection of one of the recognised countries using the list
5076 * returned by {@link get_list_of_countries()}.
5078 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
5080 class admin_settings_country_select
extends admin_setting_configselect
{
5081 protected $includeall;
5082 public function __construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting, $includeall=false) {
5083 $this->includeall
= $includeall;
5084 parent
::__construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting, null);
5088 * Lazy-load the available choices for the select box
5090 public function load_choices() {
5092 if (is_array($this->choices
)) {
5095 $this->choices
= array_merge(
5096 array('0' => get_string('choosedots')),
5097 get_string_manager()->get_list_of_countries($this->includeall
));
5104 * admin_setting_configselect for the default number of sections in a course,
5105 * simply so we can lazy-load the choices.
5107 * @copyright 2011 The Open University
5108 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
5110 class admin_settings_num_course_sections
extends admin_setting_configselect
{
5111 public function __construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting) {
5112 parent
::__construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting, array());
5115 /** Lazy-load the available choices for the select box */
5116 public function load_choices() {
5117 $max = get_config('moodlecourse', 'maxsections');
5118 if (!isset($max) ||
!is_numeric($max)) {
5121 for ($i = 0; $i <= $max; $i++
) {
5122 $this->choices
[$i] = "$i";
5130 * Course category selection
5132 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
5134 class admin_settings_coursecat_select
extends admin_setting_configselect_autocomplete
{
5136 * Calls parent::__construct with specific arguments
5138 public function __construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting = 1) {
5139 parent
::__construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting, $choices = null);
5143 * Load the available choices for the select box
5147 public function load_choices() {
5148 if (is_array($this->choices
)) {
5151 $this->choices
= core_course_category
::make_categories_list('', 0, ' / ');
5158 * Special control for selecting days to backup
5160 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
5162 class admin_setting_special_backupdays
extends admin_setting_configmulticheckbox2
{
5164 * Calls parent::__construct with specific arguments
5166 public function __construct() {
5167 parent
::__construct('backup_auto_weekdays', get_string('automatedbackupschedule','backup'), get_string('automatedbackupschedulehelp','backup'), array(), NULL);
5168 $this->plugin
= 'backup';
5172 * Load the available choices for the select box
5174 * @return bool Always returns true
5176 public function load_choices() {
5177 if (is_array($this->choices
)) {
5180 $this->choices
= array();
5181 $days = array('sunday', 'monday', 'tuesday', 'wednesday', 'thursday', 'friday', 'saturday');
5182 foreach ($days as $day) {
5183 $this->choices
[$day] = get_string($day, 'calendar');
5190 * Special setting for backup auto destination.
5194 * @copyright 2014 Frédéric Massart - FMCorz.net
5195 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
5197 class admin_setting_special_backup_auto_destination
extends admin_setting_configdirectory
{
5200 * Calls parent::__construct with specific arguments.
5202 public function __construct() {
5203 parent
::__construct('backup/backup_auto_destination', new lang_string('saveto'), new lang_string('backupsavetohelp'), '');
5207 * Check if the directory must be set, depending on backup/backup_auto_storage.
5209 * Note: backup/backup_auto_storage must be specified BEFORE this setting otherwise
5210 * there will be conflicts if this validation happens before the other one.
5212 * @param string $data Form data.
5213 * @return string Empty when no errors.
5215 public function write_setting($data) {
5216 $storage = (int) get_config('backup', 'backup_auto_storage');
5217 if ($storage !== 0) {
5218 if (empty($data) ||
!file_exists($data) ||
!is_dir($data) ||
!is_writable($data) ) {
5219 // The directory must exist and be writable.
5220 return get_string('backuperrorinvaliddestination');
5223 return parent
::write_setting($data);
5229 * Special debug setting
5231 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
5233 class admin_setting_special_debug
extends admin_setting_configselect
{
5235 * Calls parent::__construct with specific arguments
5237 public function __construct() {
5238 parent
::__construct('debug', get_string('debug', 'admin'), get_string('configdebug', 'admin'), DEBUG_NONE
, NULL);
5242 * Load the available choices for the select box
5246 public function load_choices() {
5247 if (is_array($this->choices
)) {
5250 $this->choices
= array(DEBUG_NONE
=> get_string('debugnone', 'admin'),
5251 DEBUG_MINIMAL
=> get_string('debugminimal', 'admin'),
5252 DEBUG_NORMAL
=> get_string('debugnormal', 'admin'),
5253 DEBUG_ALL
=> get_string('debugall', 'admin'),
5254 DEBUG_DEVELOPER
=> get_string('debugdeveloper', 'admin'));
5261 * Special admin control
5263 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
5265 class admin_setting_special_calendar_weekend
extends admin_setting
{
5267 * Calls parent::__construct with specific arguments
5269 public function __construct() {
5270 $name = 'calendar_weekend';
5271 $visiblename = get_string('calendar_weekend', 'admin');
5272 $description = get_string('helpweekenddays', 'admin');
5273 $default = array ('0', '6'); // Saturdays and Sundays
5274 parent
::__construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $default);
5278 * Gets the current settings as an array
5280 * @return mixed Null if none, else array of settings
5282 public function get_setting() {
5283 $result = $this->config_read($this->name
);
5284 if (is_null($result)) {
5287 if ($result === '') {
5290 $settings = array();
5291 for ($i=0; $i<7; $i++
) {
5292 if ($result & (1 << $i)) {
5300 * Save the new settings
5302 * @param array $data Array of new settings
5305 public function write_setting($data) {
5306 if (!is_array($data)) {
5309 unset($data['xxxxx']);
5311 foreach($data as $index) {
5312 $result |
= 1 << $index;
5314 return ($this->config_write($this->name
, $result) ?
'' : get_string('errorsetting', 'admin'));
5318 * Return XHTML to display the control
5320 * @param array $data array of selected days
5321 * @param string $query
5322 * @return string XHTML for display (field + wrapping div(s)
5324 public function output_html($data, $query='') {
5327 // The order matters very much because of the implied numeric keys.
5328 $days = array('sunday', 'monday', 'tuesday', 'wednesday', 'thursday', 'friday', 'saturday');
5329 $context = (object) [
5330 'name' => $this->get_full_name(),
5331 'id' => $this->get_id(),
5332 'days' => array_map(function($index) use ($days, $data) {
5335 'label' => get_string($days[$index], 'calendar'),
5336 'checked' => in_array($index, $data)
5338 }, array_keys($days))
5341 $element = $OUTPUT->render_from_template('core_admin/setting_special_calendar_weekend', $context);
5343 return format_admin_setting($this, $this->visiblename
, $element, $this->description
, false, '', NULL, $query);
5350 * Admin setting that allows a user to pick a behaviour.
5352 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
5354 class admin_setting_question_behaviour
extends admin_setting_configselect
{
5356 * @param string $name name of config variable
5357 * @param string $visiblename display name
5358 * @param string $description description
5359 * @param string $default default.
5361 public function __construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $default) {
5362 parent
::__construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $default, null);
5366 * Load list of behaviours as choices
5367 * @return bool true => success, false => error.
5369 public function load_choices() {
5371 require_once($CFG->dirroot
. '/question/engine/lib.php');
5372 $this->choices
= question_engine
::get_behaviour_options('');
5379 * Admin setting that allows a user to pick appropriate roles for something.
5381 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
5383 class admin_setting_pickroles
extends admin_setting_configmulticheckbox
{
5384 /** @var array Array of capabilities which identify roles */
5388 * @param string $name Name of config variable
5389 * @param string $visiblename Display name
5390 * @param string $description Description
5391 * @param array $types Array of archetypes which identify
5392 * roles that will be enabled by default.
5394 public function __construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $types) {
5395 parent
::__construct($name, $visiblename, $description, NULL, NULL);
5396 $this->types
= $types;
5400 * Load roles as choices
5402 * @return bool true=>success, false=>error
5404 public function load_choices() {
5406 if (during_initial_install()) {
5409 if (is_array($this->choices
)) {
5412 if ($roles = get_all_roles()) {
5413 $this->choices
= role_fix_names($roles, null, ROLENAME_ORIGINAL
, true);
5421 * Return the default setting for this control
5423 * @return array Array of default settings
5425 public function get_defaultsetting() {
5428 if (during_initial_install()) {
5432 foreach($this->types
as $archetype) {
5433 if ($caproles = get_archetype_roles($archetype)) {
5434 foreach ($caproles as $caprole) {
5435 $result[$caprole->id
] = 1;
5445 * Admin setting that is a list of installed filter plugins.
5447 * @copyright 2015 The Open University
5448 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
5450 class admin_setting_pickfilters
extends admin_setting_configmulticheckbox
{
5455 * @param string $name unique ascii name, either 'mysetting' for settings
5456 * that in config, or 'myplugin/mysetting' for ones in config_plugins.
5457 * @param string $visiblename localised name
5458 * @param string $description localised long description
5459 * @param array $default the default. E.g. array('urltolink' => 1, 'emoticons' => 1)
5461 public function __construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $default) {
5462 if (empty($default)) {
5465 $this->load_choices();
5466 foreach ($default as $plugin) {
5467 if (!isset($this->choices
[$plugin])) {
5468 unset($default[$plugin]);
5471 parent
::__construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $default, null);
5474 public function load_choices() {
5475 if (is_array($this->choices
)) {
5478 $this->choices
= array();
5480 foreach (core_component
::get_plugin_list('filter') as $plugin => $unused) {
5481 $this->choices
[$plugin] = filter_get_name($plugin);
5489 * Text field with an advanced checkbox, that controls a additional $name.'_adv' setting.
5491 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
5493 class admin_setting_configtext_with_advanced
extends admin_setting_configtext
{
5496 * @param string $name unique ascii name, either 'mysetting' for settings that in config, or 'myplugin/mysetting' for ones in config_plugins.
5497 * @param string $visiblename localised
5498 * @param string $description long localised info
5499 * @param array $defaultsetting ('value'=>string, '__construct'=>bool)
5500 * @param mixed $paramtype int means PARAM_XXX type, string is a allowed format in regex
5501 * @param int $size default field size
5503 public function __construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting, $paramtype=PARAM_RAW
, $size=null) {
5504 parent
::__construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting['value'], $paramtype, $size);
5505 $this->set_advanced_flag_options(admin_setting_flag
::ENABLED
, !empty($defaultsetting['adv']));
5511 * Checkbox with an advanced checkbox that controls an additional $name.'_adv' config setting.
5513 * @copyright 2009 Petr Skoda (http://skodak.org)
5514 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
5516 class admin_setting_configcheckbox_with_advanced
extends admin_setting_configcheckbox
{
5520 * @param string $name unique ascii name, either 'mysetting' for settings that in config, or 'myplugin/mysetting' for ones in config_plugins.
5521 * @param string $visiblename localised
5522 * @param string $description long localised info
5523 * @param array $defaultsetting ('value'=>string, 'adv'=>bool)
5524 * @param string $yes value used when checked
5525 * @param string $no value used when not checked
5527 public function __construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting, $yes='1', $no='0') {
5528 parent
::__construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting['value'], $yes, $no);
5529 $this->set_advanced_flag_options(admin_setting_flag
::ENABLED
, !empty($defaultsetting['adv']));
5536 * Checkbox with an advanced checkbox that controls an additional $name.'_locked' config setting.
5538 * This is nearly a copy/paste of admin_setting_configcheckbox_with_adv
5540 * @copyright 2010 Sam Hemelryk
5541 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
5543 class admin_setting_configcheckbox_with_lock
extends admin_setting_configcheckbox
{
5546 * @param string $name unique ascii name, either 'mysetting' for settings that in config, or 'myplugin/mysetting' for ones in config_plugins.
5547 * @param string $visiblename localised
5548 * @param string $description long localised info
5549 * @param array $defaultsetting ('value'=>string, 'locked'=>bool)
5550 * @param string $yes value used when checked
5551 * @param string $no value used when not checked
5553 public function __construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting, $yes='1', $no='0') {
5554 parent
::__construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting['value'], $yes, $no);
5555 $this->set_locked_flag_options(admin_setting_flag
::ENABLED
, !empty($defaultsetting['locked']));
5561 * Autocomplete as you type form element.
5563 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
5565 class admin_setting_configselect_autocomplete
extends admin_setting_configselect
{
5566 /** @var boolean $tags Should we allow typing new entries to the field? */
5567 protected $tags = false;
5568 /** @var string $ajax Name of an AMD module to send/process ajax requests. */
5569 protected $ajax = '';
5570 /** @var string $placeholder Placeholder text for an empty list. */
5571 protected $placeholder = '';
5572 /** @var bool $casesensitive Whether the search has to be case-sensitive. */
5573 protected $casesensitive = false;
5574 /** @var bool $showsuggestions Show suggestions by default - but this can be turned off. */
5575 protected $showsuggestions = true;
5576 /** @var string $noselectionstring String that is shown when there are no selections. */
5577 protected $noselectionstring = '';
5580 * Returns XHTML select field and wrapping div(s)
5582 * @see output_select_html()
5584 * @param string $data the option to show as selected
5585 * @param string $query
5586 * @return string XHTML field and wrapping div
5588 public function output_html($data, $query='') {
5591 $html = parent
::output_html($data, $query);
5597 $this->placeholder
= get_string('search');
5599 $params = array('#' . $this->get_id(), $this->tags
, $this->ajax
,
5600 $this->placeholder
, $this->casesensitive
, $this->showsuggestions
, $this->noselectionstring
);
5602 // Load autocomplete wrapper for select2 library.
5603 $PAGE->requires
->js_call_amd('core/form-autocomplete', 'enhance', $params);
5610 * Dropdown menu with an advanced checkbox, that controls a additional $name.'_adv' setting.
5612 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
5614 class admin_setting_configselect_with_advanced
extends admin_setting_configselect
{
5616 * Calls parent::__construct with specific arguments
5618 public function __construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting, $choices) {
5619 parent
::__construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting['value'], $choices);
5620 $this->set_advanced_flag_options(admin_setting_flag
::ENABLED
, !empty($defaultsetting['adv']));
5626 * Select with an advanced checkbox that controls an additional $name.'_locked' config setting.
5628 * @copyright 2017 Marina Glancy
5629 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
5631 class admin_setting_configselect_with_lock
extends admin_setting_configselect
{
5634 * @param string $name unique ascii name, either 'mysetting' for settings that in config,
5635 * or 'myplugin/mysetting' for ones in config_plugins.
5636 * @param string $visiblename localised
5637 * @param string $description long localised info
5638 * @param array $defaultsetting ('value'=>string, 'locked'=>bool)
5639 * @param array $choices array of $value=>$label for each selection
5641 public function __construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting, $choices) {
5642 parent
::__construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting['value'], $choices);
5643 $this->set_locked_flag_options(admin_setting_flag
::ENABLED
, !empty($defaultsetting['locked']));
5649 * Graded roles in gradebook
5651 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
5653 class admin_setting_special_gradebookroles
extends admin_setting_pickroles
{
5655 * Calls parent::__construct with specific arguments
5657 public function __construct() {
5658 parent
::__construct('gradebookroles', get_string('gradebookroles', 'admin'),
5659 get_string('configgradebookroles', 'admin'),
5667 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
5669 class admin_setting_regradingcheckbox
extends admin_setting_configcheckbox
{
5671 * Saves the new settings passed in $data
5673 * @param string $data
5674 * @return mixed string or Array
5676 public function write_setting($data) {
5679 $oldvalue = $this->config_read($this->name
);
5680 $return = parent
::write_setting($data);
5681 $newvalue = $this->config_read($this->name
);
5683 if ($oldvalue !== $newvalue) {
5684 // force full regrading
5685 $DB->set_field('grade_items', 'needsupdate', 1, array('needsupdate'=>0));
5694 * Which roles to show on course description page
5696 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
5698 class admin_setting_special_coursecontact
extends admin_setting_pickroles
{
5700 * Calls parent::__construct with specific arguments
5702 public function __construct() {
5703 parent
::__construct('coursecontact', get_string('coursecontact', 'admin'),
5704 get_string('coursecontact_desc', 'admin'),
5705 array('editingteacher'));
5706 $this->set_updatedcallback(function (){
5707 cache
::make('core', 'coursecontacts')->purge();
5715 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
5717 class admin_setting_special_gradelimiting
extends admin_setting_configcheckbox
{
5719 * Calls parent::__construct with specific arguments
5721 public function __construct() {
5722 parent
::__construct('unlimitedgrades', get_string('unlimitedgrades', 'grades'),
5723 get_string('unlimitedgrades_help', 'grades'), '0', '1', '0');
5727 * Old syntax of class constructor. Deprecated in PHP7.
5729 * @deprecated since Moodle 3.1
5731 public function admin_setting_special_gradelimiting() {
5732 debugging('Use of class name as constructor is deprecated', DEBUG_DEVELOPER
);
5733 self
::__construct();
5737 * Force site regrading
5739 function regrade_all() {
5741 require_once("$CFG->libdir/gradelib.php");
5742 grade_force_site_regrading();
5746 * Saves the new settings
5748 * @param mixed $data
5749 * @return string empty string or error message
5751 function write_setting($data) {
5752 $previous = $this->get_setting();
5754 if ($previous === null) {
5756 $this->regrade_all();
5759 if ($data != $previous) {
5760 $this->regrade_all();
5763 return ($this->config_write($this->name
, $data) ?
'' : get_string('errorsetting', 'admin'));
5769 * Special setting for $CFG->grade_minmaxtouse.
5772 * @copyright 2015 Frédéric Massart - FMCorz.net
5773 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
5775 class admin_setting_special_grademinmaxtouse
extends admin_setting_configselect
{
5780 public function __construct() {
5781 parent
::__construct('grade_minmaxtouse', new lang_string('minmaxtouse', 'grades'),
5782 new lang_string('minmaxtouse_desc', 'grades'), GRADE_MIN_MAX_FROM_GRADE_ITEM
,
5784 GRADE_MIN_MAX_FROM_GRADE_ITEM
=> get_string('gradeitemminmax', 'grades'),
5785 GRADE_MIN_MAX_FROM_GRADE_GRADE
=> get_string('gradegrademinmax', 'grades')
5791 * Saves the new setting.
5793 * @param mixed $data
5794 * @return string empty string or error message
5796 function write_setting($data) {
5799 $previous = $this->get_setting();
5800 $result = parent
::write_setting($data);
5802 // If saved and the value has changed.
5803 if (empty($result) && $previous != $data) {
5804 require_once($CFG->libdir
. '/gradelib.php');
5805 grade_force_site_regrading();
5815 * Primary grade export plugin - has state tracking.
5817 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
5819 class admin_setting_special_gradeexport
extends admin_setting_configmulticheckbox
{
5821 * Calls parent::__construct with specific arguments
5823 public function __construct() {
5824 parent
::__construct('gradeexport', get_string('gradeexport', 'admin'),
5825 get_string('configgradeexport', 'admin'), array(), NULL);
5829 * Load the available choices for the multicheckbox
5831 * @return bool always returns true
5833 public function load_choices() {
5834 if (is_array($this->choices
)) {
5837 $this->choices
= array();
5839 if ($plugins = core_component
::get_plugin_list('gradeexport')) {
5840 foreach($plugins as $plugin => $unused) {
5841 $this->choices
[$plugin] = get_string('pluginname', 'gradeexport_'.$plugin);
5850 * A setting for setting the default grade point value. Must be an integer between 1 and $CFG->gradepointmax.
5852 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
5854 class admin_setting_special_gradepointdefault
extends admin_setting_configtext
{
5856 * Config gradepointmax constructor
5858 * @param string $name Overidden by "gradepointmax"
5859 * @param string $visiblename Overridden by "gradepointmax" language string.
5860 * @param string $description Overridden by "gradepointmax_help" language string.
5861 * @param string $defaultsetting Not used, overridden by 100.
5862 * @param mixed $paramtype Overridden by PARAM_INT.
5863 * @param int $size Overridden by 5.
5865 public function __construct($name = '', $visiblename = '', $description = '', $defaultsetting = '', $paramtype = PARAM_INT
, $size = 5) {
5866 $name = 'gradepointdefault';
5867 $visiblename = get_string('gradepointdefault', 'grades');
5868 $description = get_string('gradepointdefault_help', 'grades');
5869 $defaultsetting = 100;
5870 $paramtype = PARAM_INT
;
5872 parent
::__construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting, $paramtype, $size);
5876 * Validate data before storage
5877 * @param string $data The submitted data
5878 * @return bool|string true if ok, string if error found
5880 public function validate($data) {
5882 if (((string)(int)$data === (string)$data && $data > 0 && $data <= $CFG->gradepointmax
)) {
5885 return get_string('gradepointdefault_validateerror', 'grades');
5892 * A setting for setting the maximum grade value. Must be an integer between 1 and 10000.
5894 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
5896 class admin_setting_special_gradepointmax
extends admin_setting_configtext
{
5899 * Config gradepointmax constructor
5901 * @param string $name Overidden by "gradepointmax"
5902 * @param string $visiblename Overridden by "gradepointmax" language string.
5903 * @param string $description Overridden by "gradepointmax_help" language string.
5904 * @param string $defaultsetting Not used, overridden by 100.
5905 * @param mixed $paramtype Overridden by PARAM_INT.
5906 * @param int $size Overridden by 5.
5908 public function __construct($name = '', $visiblename = '', $description = '', $defaultsetting = '', $paramtype = PARAM_INT
, $size = 5) {
5909 $name = 'gradepointmax';
5910 $visiblename = get_string('gradepointmax', 'grades');
5911 $description = get_string('gradepointmax_help', 'grades');
5912 $defaultsetting = 100;
5913 $paramtype = PARAM_INT
;
5915 parent
::__construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting, $paramtype, $size);
5919 * Save the selected setting
5921 * @param string $data The selected site
5922 * @return string empty string or error message
5924 public function write_setting($data) {
5926 $data = (int)$this->defaultsetting
;
5930 return parent
::write_setting($data);
5934 * Validate data before storage
5935 * @param string $data The submitted data
5936 * @return bool|string true if ok, string if error found
5938 public function validate($data) {
5939 if (((string)(int)$data === (string)$data && $data > 0 && $data <= 10000)) {
5942 return get_string('gradepointmax_validateerror', 'grades');
5947 * Return an XHTML string for the setting
5948 * @param array $data Associative array of value=>xx, forced=>xx, adv=>xx
5949 * @param string $query search query to be highlighted
5950 * @return string XHTML to display control
5952 public function output_html($data, $query = '') {
5955 $default = $this->get_defaultsetting();
5956 $context = (object) [
5957 'size' => $this->size
,
5958 'id' => $this->get_id(),
5959 'name' => $this->get_full_name(),
5964 'forceltr' => $this->get_force_ltr()
5966 $element = $OUTPUT->render_from_template('core_admin/setting_configtext', $context);
5968 return format_admin_setting($this, $this->visiblename
, $element, $this->description
, true, '', $default, $query);
5974 * Grade category settings
5976 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
5978 class admin_setting_gradecat_combo
extends admin_setting
{
5979 /** @var array Array of choices */
5983 * Sets choices and calls parent::__construct with passed arguments
5984 * @param string $name
5985 * @param string $visiblename
5986 * @param string $description
5987 * @param mixed $defaultsetting string or array depending on implementation
5988 * @param array $choices An array of choices for the control
5990 public function __construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting, $choices) {
5991 $this->choices
= $choices;
5992 parent
::__construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting);
5996 * Return the current setting(s) array
5998 * @return array Array of value=>xx, forced=>xx, adv=>xx
6000 public function get_setting() {
6003 $value = $this->config_read($this->name
);
6004 $flag = $this->config_read($this->name
.'_flag');
6006 if (is_null($value) or is_null($flag)) {
6011 $forced = (boolean
)(1 & $flag); // first bit
6012 $adv = (boolean
)(2 & $flag); // second bit
6014 return array('value' => $value, 'forced' => $forced, 'adv' => $adv);
6018 * Save the new settings passed in $data
6020 * @todo Add vartype handling to ensure $data is array
6021 * @param array $data Associative array of value=>xx, forced=>xx, adv=>xx
6022 * @return string empty or error message
6024 public function write_setting($data) {
6027 $value = $data['value'];
6028 $forced = empty($data['forced']) ?
0 : 1;
6029 $adv = empty($data['adv']) ?
0 : 2;
6030 $flag = ($forced |
$adv); //bitwise or
6032 if (!in_array($value, array_keys($this->choices
))) {
6033 return 'Error setting ';
6036 $oldvalue = $this->config_read($this->name
);
6037 $oldflag = (int)$this->config_read($this->name
.'_flag');
6038 $oldforced = (1 & $oldflag); // first bit
6040 $result1 = $this->config_write($this->name
, $value);
6041 $result2 = $this->config_write($this->name
.'_flag', $flag);
6043 // force regrade if needed
6044 if ($oldforced != $forced or ($forced and $value != $oldvalue)) {
6045 require_once($CFG->libdir
.'/gradelib.php');
6046 grade_category
::updated_forced_settings();
6049 if ($result1 and $result2) {
6052 return get_string('errorsetting', 'admin');
6057 * Return XHTML to display the field and wrapping div
6059 * @todo Add vartype handling to ensure $data is array
6060 * @param array $data Associative array of value=>xx, forced=>xx, adv=>xx
6061 * @param string $query
6062 * @return string XHTML to display control
6064 public function output_html($data, $query='') {
6067 $value = $data['value'];
6069 $default = $this->get_defaultsetting();
6070 if (!is_null($default)) {
6071 $defaultinfo = array();
6072 if (isset($this->choices
[$default['value']])) {
6073 $defaultinfo[] = $this->choices
[$default['value']];
6075 if (!empty($default['forced'])) {
6076 $defaultinfo[] = get_string('force');
6078 if (!empty($default['adv'])) {
6079 $defaultinfo[] = get_string('advanced');
6081 $defaultinfo = implode(', ', $defaultinfo);
6084 $defaultinfo = NULL;
6087 $options = $this->choices
;
6088 $context = (object) [
6089 'id' => $this->get_id(),
6090 'name' => $this->get_full_name(),
6091 'forced' => !empty($data['forced']),
6092 'advanced' => !empty($data['adv']),
6093 'options' => array_map(function($option) use ($options, $value) {
6096 'name' => $options[$option],
6097 'selected' => $option == $value
6099 }, array_keys($options)),
6102 $element = $OUTPUT->render_from_template('core_admin/setting_gradecat_combo', $context);
6104 return format_admin_setting($this, $this->visiblename
, $element, $this->description
, true, '', $defaultinfo, $query);
6110 * Selection of grade report in user profiles
6112 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
6114 class admin_setting_grade_profilereport
extends admin_setting_configselect
{
6116 * Calls parent::__construct with specific arguments
6118 public function __construct() {
6119 parent
::__construct('grade_profilereport', get_string('profilereport', 'grades'), get_string('profilereport_help', 'grades'), 'user', null);
6123 * Loads an array of choices for the configselect control
6125 * @return bool always return true
6127 public function load_choices() {
6128 if (is_array($this->choices
)) {
6131 $this->choices
= array();
6134 require_once($CFG->libdir
.'/gradelib.php');
6136 foreach (core_component
::get_plugin_list('gradereport') as $plugin => $plugindir) {
6137 if (file_exists($plugindir.'/lib.php')) {
6138 require_once($plugindir.'/lib.php');
6139 $functionname = 'grade_report_'.$plugin.'_profilereport';
6140 if (function_exists($functionname)) {
6141 $this->choices
[$plugin] = get_string('pluginname', 'gradereport_'.$plugin);
6150 * Provides a selection of grade reports to be used for "grades".
6152 * @copyright 2015 Adrian Greeve <adrian@moodle.com>
6153 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
6155 class admin_setting_my_grades_report
extends admin_setting_configselect
{
6158 * Calls parent::__construct with specific arguments.
6160 public function __construct() {
6161 parent
::__construct('grade_mygrades_report', new lang_string('mygrades', 'grades'),
6162 new lang_string('mygrades_desc', 'grades'), 'overview', null);
6166 * Loads an array of choices for the configselect control.
6168 * @return bool always returns true.
6170 public function load_choices() {
6171 global $CFG; // Remove this line and behold the horror of behat test failures!
6172 $this->choices
= array();
6173 foreach (core_component
::get_plugin_list('gradereport') as $plugin => $plugindir) {
6174 if (file_exists($plugindir . '/lib.php')) {
6175 require_once($plugindir . '/lib.php');
6176 // Check to see if the class exists. Check the correct plugin convention first.
6177 if (class_exists('gradereport_' . $plugin)) {
6178 $classname = 'gradereport_' . $plugin;
6179 } else if (class_exists('grade_report_' . $plugin)) {
6180 // We are using the old plugin naming convention.
6181 $classname = 'grade_report_' . $plugin;
6185 if ($classname::supports_mygrades()) {
6186 $this->choices
[$plugin] = get_string('pluginname', 'gradereport_' . $plugin);
6190 // Add an option to specify an external url.
6191 $this->choices
['external'] = get_string('externalurl', 'grades');
6197 * Special class for register auth selection
6199 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
6201 class admin_setting_special_registerauth
extends admin_setting_configselect
{
6203 * Calls parent::__construct with specific arguments
6205 public function __construct() {
6206 parent
::__construct('registerauth', get_string('selfregistration', 'auth'), get_string('selfregistration_help', 'auth'), '', null);
6210 * Returns the default option
6212 * @return string empty or default option
6214 public function get_defaultsetting() {
6215 $this->load_choices();
6216 $defaultsetting = parent
::get_defaultsetting();
6217 if (array_key_exists($defaultsetting, $this->choices
)) {
6218 return $defaultsetting;
6225 * Loads the possible choices for the array
6227 * @return bool always returns true
6229 public function load_choices() {
6232 if (is_array($this->choices
)) {
6235 $this->choices
= array();
6236 $this->choices
[''] = get_string('disable');
6238 $authsenabled = get_enabled_auth_plugins();
6240 foreach ($authsenabled as $auth) {
6241 $authplugin = get_auth_plugin($auth);
6242 if (!$authplugin->can_signup()) {
6245 // Get the auth title (from core or own auth lang files)
6246 $authtitle = $authplugin->get_title();
6247 $this->choices
[$auth] = $authtitle;
6255 * General plugins manager
6257 class admin_page_pluginsoverview
extends admin_externalpage
{
6260 * Sets basic information about the external page
6262 public function __construct() {
6264 parent
::__construct('pluginsoverview', get_string('pluginsoverview', 'core_admin'),
6265 "$CFG->wwwroot/$CFG->admin/plugins.php");
6270 * Module manage page
6272 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
6274 class admin_page_managemods
extends admin_externalpage
{
6276 * Calls parent::__construct with specific arguments
6278 public function __construct() {
6280 parent
::__construct('managemodules', get_string('modsettings', 'admin'), "$CFG->wwwroot/$CFG->admin/modules.php");
6284 * Try to find the specified module
6286 * @param string $query The module to search for
6289 public function search($query) {
6291 if ($result = parent
::search($query)) {
6296 if ($modules = $DB->get_records('modules')) {
6297 foreach ($modules as $module) {
6298 if (!file_exists("$CFG->dirroot/mod/$module->name/lib.php")) {
6301 if (strpos($module->name
, $query) !== false) {
6305 $strmodulename = get_string('modulename', $module->name
);
6306 if (strpos(core_text
::strtolower($strmodulename), $query) !== false) {
6313 $result = new stdClass();
6314 $result->page
= $this;
6315 $result->settings
= array();
6316 return array($this->name
=> $result);
6325 * Special class for enrol plugins management.
6327 * @copyright 2010 Petr Skoda {@link http://skodak.org}
6328 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
6330 class admin_setting_manageenrols
extends admin_setting
{
6332 * Calls parent::__construct with specific arguments
6334 public function __construct() {
6335 $this->nosave
= true;
6336 parent
::__construct('enrolsui', get_string('manageenrols', 'enrol'), '', '');
6340 * Always returns true, does nothing
6344 public function get_setting() {
6349 * Always returns true, does nothing
6353 public function get_defaultsetting() {
6358 * Always returns '', does not write anything
6360 * @return string Always returns ''
6362 public function write_setting($data) {
6363 // do not write any setting
6368 * Checks if $query is one of the available enrol plugins
6370 * @param string $query The string to search for
6371 * @return bool Returns true if found, false if not
6373 public function is_related($query) {
6374 if (parent
::is_related($query)) {
6378 $query = core_text
::strtolower($query);
6379 $enrols = enrol_get_plugins(false);
6380 foreach ($enrols as $name=>$enrol) {
6381 $localised = get_string('pluginname', 'enrol_'.$name);
6382 if (strpos(core_text
::strtolower($name), $query) !== false) {
6385 if (strpos(core_text
::strtolower($localised), $query) !== false) {
6393 * Builds the XHTML to display the control
6395 * @param string $data Unused
6396 * @param string $query
6399 public function output_html($data, $query='') {
6400 global $CFG, $OUTPUT, $DB, $PAGE;
6403 $strup = get_string('up');
6404 $strdown = get_string('down');
6405 $strsettings = get_string('settings');
6406 $strenable = get_string('enable');
6407 $strdisable = get_string('disable');
6408 $struninstall = get_string('uninstallplugin', 'core_admin');
6409 $strusage = get_string('enrolusage', 'enrol');
6410 $strversion = get_string('version');
6411 $strtest = get_string('testsettings', 'core_enrol');
6413 $pluginmanager = core_plugin_manager
::instance();
6415 $enrols_available = enrol_get_plugins(false);
6416 $active_enrols = enrol_get_plugins(true);
6418 $allenrols = array();
6419 foreach ($active_enrols as $key=>$enrol) {
6420 $allenrols[$key] = true;
6422 foreach ($enrols_available as $key=>$enrol) {
6423 $allenrols[$key] = true;
6425 // Now find all borked plugins and at least allow then to uninstall.
6426 $condidates = $DB->get_fieldset_sql("SELECT DISTINCT enrol FROM {enrol}");
6427 foreach ($condidates as $candidate) {
6428 if (empty($allenrols[$candidate])) {
6429 $allenrols[$candidate] = true;
6433 $return = $OUTPUT->heading(get_string('actenrolshhdr', 'enrol'), 3, 'main', true);
6434 $return .= $OUTPUT->box_start('generalbox enrolsui');
6436 $table = new html_table();
6437 $table->head
= array(get_string('name'), $strusage, $strversion, $strenable, $strup.'/'.$strdown, $strsettings, $strtest, $struninstall);
6438 $table->colclasses
= array('leftalign', 'centeralign', 'centeralign', 'centeralign', 'centeralign', 'centeralign', 'centeralign', 'centeralign');
6439 $table->id
= 'courseenrolmentplugins';
6440 $table->attributes
['class'] = 'admintable generaltable';
6441 $table->data
= array();
6443 // Iterate through enrol plugins and add to the display table.
6445 $enrolcount = count($active_enrols);
6446 $url = new moodle_url('/admin/enrol.php', array('sesskey'=>sesskey()));
6448 foreach($allenrols as $enrol => $unused) {
6449 $plugininfo = $pluginmanager->get_plugin_info('enrol_'.$enrol);
6450 $version = get_config('enrol_'.$enrol, 'version');
6451 if ($version === false) {
6455 if (get_string_manager()->string_exists('pluginname', 'enrol_'.$enrol)) {
6456 $name = get_string('pluginname', 'enrol_'.$enrol);
6461 $ci = $DB->count_records('enrol', array('enrol'=>$enrol));
6462 $cp = $DB->count_records_select('user_enrolments', "enrolid IN (SELECT id FROM {enrol} WHERE enrol = ?)", array($enrol));
6463 $usage = "$ci / $cp";
6467 if (isset($active_enrols[$enrol])) {
6468 $aurl = new moodle_url($url, array('action'=>'disable', 'enrol'=>$enrol));
6469 $hideshow = "<a href=\"$aurl\">";
6470 $hideshow .= $OUTPUT->pix_icon('t/hide', $strdisable) . '</a>';
6472 $displayname = $name;
6473 } else if (isset($enrols_available[$enrol])) {
6474 $aurl = new moodle_url($url, array('action'=>'enable', 'enrol'=>$enrol));
6475 $hideshow = "<a href=\"$aurl\">";
6476 $hideshow .= $OUTPUT->pix_icon('t/show', $strenable) . '</a>';
6478 $displayname = $name;
6479 $class = 'dimmed_text';
6483 $displayname = '<span class="notifyproblem">'.$name.'</span>';
6485 if ($PAGE->theme
->resolve_image_location('icon', 'enrol_' . $name, false)) {
6486 $icon = $OUTPUT->pix_icon('icon', '', 'enrol_' . $name, array('class' => 'icon pluginicon'));
6488 $icon = $OUTPUT->pix_icon('spacer', '', 'moodle', array('class' => 'icon pluginicon noicon'));
6491 // Up/down link (only if enrol is enabled).
6494 if ($updowncount > 1) {
6495 $aurl = new moodle_url($url, array('action'=>'up', 'enrol'=>$enrol));
6496 $updown .= "<a href=\"$aurl\">";
6497 $updown .= $OUTPUT->pix_icon('t/up', $strup) . '</a> ';
6499 $updown .= $OUTPUT->spacer() . ' ';
6501 if ($updowncount < $enrolcount) {
6502 $aurl = new moodle_url($url, array('action'=>'down', 'enrol'=>$enrol));
6503 $updown .= "<a href=\"$aurl\">";
6504 $updown .= $OUTPUT->pix_icon('t/down', $strdown) . '</a> ';
6506 $updown .= $OUTPUT->spacer() . ' ';
6511 // Add settings link.
6514 } else if ($surl = $plugininfo->get_settings_url()) {
6515 $settings = html_writer
::link($surl, $strsettings);
6520 // Add uninstall info.
6522 if ($uninstallurl = core_plugin_manager
::instance()->get_uninstall_url('enrol_'.$enrol, 'manage')) {
6523 $uninstall = html_writer
::link($uninstallurl, $struninstall);
6527 if (!empty($enrols_available[$enrol]) and method_exists($enrols_available[$enrol], 'test_settings')) {
6528 $testsettingsurl = new moodle_url('/enrol/test_settings.php', array('enrol'=>$enrol, 'sesskey'=>sesskey()));
6529 $test = html_writer
::link($testsettingsurl, $strtest);
6532 // Add a row to the table.
6533 $row = new html_table_row(array($icon.$displayname, $usage, $version, $hideshow, $updown, $settings, $test, $uninstall));
6535 $row->attributes
['class'] = $class;
6537 $table->data
[] = $row;
6539 $printed[$enrol] = true;
6542 $return .= html_writer
::table($table);
6543 $return .= get_string('configenrolplugins', 'enrol').'<br />'.get_string('tablenosave', 'admin');
6544 $return .= $OUTPUT->box_end();
6545 return highlight($query, $return);
6551 * Blocks manage page
6553 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
6555 class admin_page_manageblocks
extends admin_externalpage
{
6557 * Calls parent::__construct with specific arguments
6559 public function __construct() {
6561 parent
::__construct('manageblocks', get_string('blocksettings', 'admin'), "$CFG->wwwroot/$CFG->admin/blocks.php");
6565 * Search for a specific block
6567 * @param string $query The string to search for
6570 public function search($query) {
6572 if ($result = parent
::search($query)) {
6577 if ($blocks = $DB->get_records('block')) {
6578 foreach ($blocks as $block) {
6579 if (!file_exists("$CFG->dirroot/blocks/$block->name/")) {
6582 if (strpos($block->name
, $query) !== false) {
6586 $strblockname = get_string('pluginname', 'block_'.$block->name
);
6587 if (strpos(core_text
::strtolower($strblockname), $query) !== false) {
6594 $result = new stdClass();
6595 $result->page
= $this;
6596 $result->settings
= array();
6597 return array($this->name
=> $result);
6605 * Message outputs configuration
6607 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
6609 class admin_page_managemessageoutputs
extends admin_externalpage
{
6611 * Calls parent::__construct with specific arguments
6613 public function __construct() {
6615 parent
::__construct('managemessageoutputs',
6616 get_string('defaultmessageoutputs', 'message'),
6617 new moodle_url('/admin/message.php')
6622 * Search for a specific message processor
6624 * @param string $query The string to search for
6627 public function search($query) {
6629 if ($result = parent
::search($query)) {
6634 if ($processors = get_message_processors()) {
6635 foreach ($processors as $processor) {
6636 if (!$processor->available
) {
6639 if (strpos($processor->name
, $query) !== false) {
6643 $strprocessorname = get_string('pluginname', 'message_'.$processor->name
);
6644 if (strpos(core_text
::strtolower($strprocessorname), $query) !== false) {
6651 $result = new stdClass();
6652 $result->page
= $this;
6653 $result->settings
= array();
6654 return array($this->name
=> $result);
6662 * Default message outputs configuration
6664 * @deprecated since Moodle 3.7 MDL-64495. Please use admin_page_managemessageoutputs instead.
6665 * @todo MDL-64866 This will be deleted in Moodle 3.11.
6667 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
6669 class admin_page_defaultmessageoutputs
extends admin_page_managemessageoutputs
{
6671 * Calls parent::__construct with specific arguments
6673 * @deprecated since Moodle 3.7 MDL-64495. Please use admin_page_managemessageoutputs instead.
6674 * @todo MDL-64866 This will be deleted in Moodle 3.11.
6676 public function __construct() {
6679 debugging('admin_page_defaultmessageoutputs class is deprecated. Please use admin_page_managemessageoutputs instead.',
6682 admin_externalpage
::__construct('defaultmessageoutputs', get_string('defaultmessageoutputs', 'message'), new moodle_url('/message/defaultoutputs.php'));
6688 * Manage question behaviours page
6690 * @copyright 2011 The Open University
6691 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
6693 class admin_page_manageqbehaviours
extends admin_externalpage
{
6697 public function __construct() {
6699 parent
::__construct('manageqbehaviours', get_string('manageqbehaviours', 'admin'),
6700 new moodle_url('/admin/qbehaviours.php'));
6704 * Search question behaviours for the specified string
6706 * @param string $query The string to search for in question behaviours
6709 public function search($query) {
6711 if ($result = parent
::search($query)) {
6716 require_once($CFG->dirroot
. '/question/engine/lib.php');
6717 foreach (core_component
::get_plugin_list('qbehaviour') as $behaviour => $notused) {
6718 if (strpos(core_text
::strtolower(question_engine
::get_behaviour_name($behaviour)),
6719 $query) !== false) {
6725 $result = new stdClass();
6726 $result->page
= $this;
6727 $result->settings
= array();
6728 return array($this->name
=> $result);
6737 * Question type manage page
6739 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
6741 class admin_page_manageqtypes
extends admin_externalpage
{
6743 * Calls parent::__construct with specific arguments
6745 public function __construct() {
6747 parent
::__construct('manageqtypes', get_string('manageqtypes', 'admin'),
6748 new moodle_url('/admin/qtypes.php'));
6752 * Search question types for the specified string
6754 * @param string $query The string to search for in question types
6757 public function search($query) {
6759 if ($result = parent
::search($query)) {
6764 require_once($CFG->dirroot
. '/question/engine/bank.php');
6765 foreach (question_bank
::get_all_qtypes() as $qtype) {
6766 if (strpos(core_text
::strtolower($qtype->local_name()), $query) !== false) {
6772 $result = new stdClass();
6773 $result->page
= $this;
6774 $result->settings
= array();
6775 return array($this->name
=> $result);
6783 class admin_page_manageportfolios
extends admin_externalpage
{
6785 * Calls parent::__construct with specific arguments
6787 public function __construct() {
6789 parent
::__construct('manageportfolios', get_string('manageportfolios', 'portfolio'),
6790 "$CFG->wwwroot/$CFG->admin/portfolio.php");
6794 * Searches page for the specified string.
6795 * @param string $query The string to search for
6796 * @return bool True if it is found on this page
6798 public function search($query) {
6800 if ($result = parent
::search($query)) {
6805 $portfolios = core_component
::get_plugin_list('portfolio');
6806 foreach ($portfolios as $p => $dir) {
6807 if (strpos($p, $query) !== false) {
6813 foreach (portfolio_instances(false, false) as $instance) {
6814 $title = $instance->get('name');
6815 if (strpos(core_text
::strtolower($title), $query) !== false) {
6823 $result = new stdClass();
6824 $result->page
= $this;
6825 $result->settings
= array();
6826 return array($this->name
=> $result);
6834 class admin_page_managerepositories
extends admin_externalpage
{
6836 * Calls parent::__construct with specific arguments
6838 public function __construct() {
6840 parent
::__construct('managerepositories', get_string('manage',
6841 'repository'), "$CFG->wwwroot/$CFG->admin/repository.php");
6845 * Searches page for the specified string.
6846 * @param string $query The string to search for
6847 * @return bool True if it is found on this page
6849 public function search($query) {
6851 if ($result = parent
::search($query)) {
6856 $repositories= core_component
::get_plugin_list('repository');
6857 foreach ($repositories as $p => $dir) {
6858 if (strpos($p, $query) !== false) {
6864 foreach (repository
::get_types() as $instance) {
6865 $title = $instance->get_typename();
6866 if (strpos(core_text
::strtolower($title), $query) !== false) {
6874 $result = new stdClass();
6875 $result->page
= $this;
6876 $result->settings
= array();
6877 return array($this->name
=> $result);
6886 * Special class for authentication administration.
6888 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
6890 class admin_setting_manageauths
extends admin_setting
{
6892 * Calls parent::__construct with specific arguments
6894 public function __construct() {
6895 $this->nosave
= true;
6896 parent
::__construct('authsui', get_string('authsettings', 'admin'), '', '');
6900 * Always returns true
6904 public function get_setting() {
6909 * Always returns true
6913 public function get_defaultsetting() {
6918 * Always returns '' and doesn't write anything
6920 * @return string Always returns ''
6922 public function write_setting($data) {
6923 // do not write any setting
6928 * Search to find if Query is related to auth plugin
6930 * @param string $query The string to search for
6931 * @return bool true for related false for not
6933 public function is_related($query) {
6934 if (parent
::is_related($query)) {
6938 $authsavailable = core_component
::get_plugin_list('auth');
6939 foreach ($authsavailable as $auth => $dir) {
6940 if (strpos($auth, $query) !== false) {
6943 $authplugin = get_auth_plugin($auth);
6944 $authtitle = $authplugin->get_title();
6945 if (strpos(core_text
::strtolower($authtitle), $query) !== false) {
6953 * Return XHTML to display control
6955 * @param mixed $data Unused
6956 * @param string $query
6957 * @return string highlight
6959 public function output_html($data, $query='') {
6960 global $CFG, $OUTPUT, $DB;
6963 $txt = get_strings(array('authenticationplugins', 'users', 'administration',
6964 'settings', 'edit', 'name', 'enable', 'disable',
6965 'up', 'down', 'none', 'users'));
6966 $txt->updown
= "$txt->up/$txt->down";
6967 $txt->uninstall
= get_string('uninstallplugin', 'core_admin');
6968 $txt->testsettings
= get_string('testsettings', 'core_auth');
6970 $authsavailable = core_component
::get_plugin_list('auth');
6971 get_enabled_auth_plugins(true); // fix the list of enabled auths
6972 if (empty($CFG->auth
)) {
6973 $authsenabled = array();
6975 $authsenabled = explode(',', $CFG->auth
);
6978 // construct the display array, with enabled auth plugins at the top, in order
6979 $displayauths = array();
6980 $registrationauths = array();
6981 $registrationauths[''] = $txt->disable
;
6982 $authplugins = array();
6983 foreach ($authsenabled as $auth) {
6984 $authplugin = get_auth_plugin($auth);
6985 $authplugins[$auth] = $authplugin;
6986 /// Get the auth title (from core or own auth lang files)
6987 $authtitle = $authplugin->get_title();
6989 $displayauths[$auth] = $authtitle;
6990 if ($authplugin->can_signup()) {
6991 $registrationauths[$auth] = $authtitle;
6995 foreach ($authsavailable as $auth => $dir) {
6996 if (array_key_exists($auth, $displayauths)) {
6997 continue; //already in the list
6999 $authplugin = get_auth_plugin($auth);
7000 $authplugins[$auth] = $authplugin;
7001 /// Get the auth title (from core or own auth lang files)
7002 $authtitle = $authplugin->get_title();
7004 $displayauths[$auth] = $authtitle;
7005 if ($authplugin->can_signup()) {
7006 $registrationauths[$auth] = $authtitle;
7010 $return = $OUTPUT->heading(get_string('actauthhdr', 'auth'), 3, 'main');
7011 $return .= $OUTPUT->box_start('generalbox authsui');
7013 $table = new html_table();
7014 $table->head
= array($txt->name
, $txt->users
, $txt->enable
, $txt->updown
, $txt->settings
, $txt->testsettings
, $txt->uninstall
);
7015 $table->colclasses
= array('leftalign', 'centeralign', 'centeralign', 'centeralign', 'centeralign', 'centeralign', 'centeralign');
7016 $table->data
= array();
7017 $table->attributes
['class'] = 'admintable generaltable';
7018 $table->id
= 'manageauthtable';
7020 //add always enabled plugins first
7021 $displayname = $displayauths['manual'];
7022 $settings = "<a href=\"settings.php?section=authsettingmanual\">{$txt->settings}</a>";
7023 $usercount = $DB->count_records('user', array('auth'=>'manual', 'deleted'=>0));
7024 $table->data
[] = array($displayname, $usercount, '', '', $settings, '', '');
7025 $displayname = $displayauths['nologin'];
7026 $usercount = $DB->count_records('user', array('auth'=>'nologin', 'deleted'=>0));
7027 $table->data
[] = array($displayname, $usercount, '', '', '', '', '');
7030 // iterate through auth plugins and add to the display table
7032 $authcount = count($authsenabled);
7033 $url = "auth.php?sesskey=" . sesskey();
7034 foreach ($displayauths as $auth => $name) {
7035 if ($auth == 'manual' or $auth == 'nologin') {
7040 if (in_array($auth, $authsenabled)) {
7041 $hideshow = "<a href=\"$url&action=disable&auth=$auth\">";
7042 $hideshow .= $OUTPUT->pix_icon('t/hide', get_string('disable')) . '</a>';
7044 $displayname = $name;
7047 $hideshow = "<a href=\"$url&action=enable&auth=$auth\">";
7048 $hideshow .= $OUTPUT->pix_icon('t/show', get_string('enable')) . '</a>';
7050 $displayname = $name;
7051 $class = 'dimmed_text';
7054 $usercount = $DB->count_records('user', array('auth'=>$auth, 'deleted'=>0));
7056 // up/down link (only if auth is enabled)
7059 if ($updowncount > 1) {
7060 $updown .= "<a href=\"$url&action=up&auth=$auth\">";
7061 $updown .= $OUTPUT->pix_icon('t/up', get_string('moveup')) . '</a> ';
7064 $updown .= $OUTPUT->spacer() . ' ';
7066 if ($updowncount < $authcount) {
7067 $updown .= "<a href=\"$url&action=down&auth=$auth\">";
7068 $updown .= $OUTPUT->pix_icon('t/down', get_string('movedown')) . '</a> ';
7071 $updown .= $OUTPUT->spacer() . ' ';
7077 if (file_exists($CFG->dirroot
.'/auth/'.$auth.'/settings.php')) {
7078 $settings = "<a href=\"settings.php?section=authsetting$auth\">{$txt->settings}</a>";
7079 } else if (file_exists($CFG->dirroot
.'/auth/'.$auth.'/config.html')) {
7080 $settings = "<a href=\"auth_config.php?auth=$auth\">{$txt->settings}</a>";
7087 if ($uninstallurl = core_plugin_manager
::instance()->get_uninstall_url('auth_'.$auth, 'manage')) {
7088 $uninstall = html_writer
::link($uninstallurl, $txt->uninstall
);
7092 if (!empty($authplugins[$auth]) and method_exists($authplugins[$auth], 'test_settings')) {
7093 $testurl = new moodle_url('/auth/test_settings.php', array('auth'=>$auth, 'sesskey'=>sesskey()));
7094 $test = html_writer
::link($testurl, $txt->testsettings
);
7097 // Add a row to the table.
7098 $row = new html_table_row(array($displayname, $usercount, $hideshow, $updown, $settings, $test, $uninstall));
7100 $row->attributes
['class'] = $class;
7102 $table->data
[] = $row;
7104 $return .= html_writer
::table($table);
7105 $return .= get_string('configauthenticationplugins', 'admin').'<br />'.get_string('tablenosave', 'filters');
7106 $return .= $OUTPUT->box_end();
7107 return highlight($query, $return);
7113 * Special class for authentication administration.
7115 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
7117 class admin_setting_manageeditors
extends admin_setting
{
7119 * Calls parent::__construct with specific arguments
7121 public function __construct() {
7122 $this->nosave
= true;
7123 parent
::__construct('editorsui', get_string('editorsettings', 'editor'), '', '');
7127 * Always returns true, does nothing
7131 public function get_setting() {
7136 * Always returns true, does nothing
7140 public function get_defaultsetting() {
7145 * Always returns '', does not write anything
7147 * @return string Always returns ''
7149 public function write_setting($data) {
7150 // do not write any setting
7155 * Checks if $query is one of the available editors
7157 * @param string $query The string to search for
7158 * @return bool Returns true if found, false if not
7160 public function is_related($query) {
7161 if (parent
::is_related($query)) {
7165 $editors_available = editors_get_available();
7166 foreach ($editors_available as $editor=>$editorstr) {
7167 if (strpos($editor, $query) !== false) {
7170 if (strpos(core_text
::strtolower($editorstr), $query) !== false) {
7178 * Builds the XHTML to display the control
7180 * @param string $data Unused
7181 * @param string $query
7184 public function output_html($data, $query='') {
7185 global $CFG, $OUTPUT;
7188 $txt = get_strings(array('administration', 'settings', 'edit', 'name', 'enable', 'disable',
7189 'up', 'down', 'none'));
7190 $struninstall = get_string('uninstallplugin', 'core_admin');
7192 $txt->updown
= "$txt->up/$txt->down";
7194 $editors_available = editors_get_available();
7195 $active_editors = explode(',', $CFG->texteditors
);
7197 $active_editors = array_reverse($active_editors);
7198 foreach ($active_editors as $key=>$editor) {
7199 if (empty($editors_available[$editor])) {
7200 unset($active_editors[$key]);
7202 $name = $editors_available[$editor];
7203 unset($editors_available[$editor]);
7204 $editors_available[$editor] = $name;
7207 if (empty($active_editors)) {
7208 //$active_editors = array('textarea');
7210 $editors_available = array_reverse($editors_available, true);
7211 $return = $OUTPUT->heading(get_string('acteditorshhdr', 'editor'), 3, 'main', true);
7212 $return .= $OUTPUT->box_start('generalbox editorsui');
7214 $table = new html_table();
7215 $table->head
= array($txt->name
, $txt->enable
, $txt->updown
, $txt->settings
, $struninstall);
7216 $table->colclasses
= array('leftalign', 'centeralign', 'centeralign', 'centeralign', 'centeralign');
7217 $table->id
= 'editormanagement';
7218 $table->attributes
['class'] = 'admintable generaltable';
7219 $table->data
= array();
7221 // iterate through auth plugins and add to the display table
7223 $editorcount = count($active_editors);
7224 $url = "editors.php?sesskey=" . sesskey();
7225 foreach ($editors_available as $editor => $name) {
7228 if (in_array($editor, $active_editors)) {
7229 $hideshow = "<a href=\"$url&action=disable&editor=$editor\">";
7230 $hideshow .= $OUTPUT->pix_icon('t/hide', get_string('disable')) . '</a>';
7232 $displayname = $name;
7235 $hideshow = "<a href=\"$url&action=enable&editor=$editor\">";
7236 $hideshow .= $OUTPUT->pix_icon('t/show', get_string('enable')) . '</a>';
7238 $displayname = $name;
7239 $class = 'dimmed_text';
7242 // up/down link (only if auth is enabled)
7245 if ($updowncount > 1) {
7246 $updown .= "<a href=\"$url&action=up&editor=$editor\">";
7247 $updown .= $OUTPUT->pix_icon('t/up', get_string('moveup')) . '</a> ';
7250 $updown .= $OUTPUT->spacer() . ' ';
7252 if ($updowncount < $editorcount) {
7253 $updown .= "<a href=\"$url&action=down&editor=$editor\">";
7254 $updown .= $OUTPUT->pix_icon('t/down', get_string('movedown')) . '</a> ';
7257 $updown .= $OUTPUT->spacer() . ' ';
7263 if (file_exists($CFG->dirroot
.'/lib/editor/'.$editor.'/settings.php')) {
7264 $eurl = new moodle_url('/admin/settings.php', array('section'=>'editorsettings'.$editor));
7265 $settings = "<a href='$eurl'>{$txt->settings}</a>";
7271 if ($uninstallurl = core_plugin_manager
::instance()->get_uninstall_url('editor_'.$editor, 'manage')) {
7272 $uninstall = html_writer
::link($uninstallurl, $struninstall);
7275 // Add a row to the table.
7276 $row = new html_table_row(array($displayname, $hideshow, $updown, $settings, $uninstall));
7278 $row->attributes
['class'] = $class;
7280 $table->data
[] = $row;
7282 $return .= html_writer
::table($table);
7283 $return .= get_string('configeditorplugins', 'editor').'<br />'.get_string('tablenosave', 'admin');
7284 $return .= $OUTPUT->box_end();
7285 return highlight($query, $return);
7290 * Special class for antiviruses administration.
7292 * @copyright 2015 Ruslan Kabalin, Lancaster University.
7293 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
7295 class admin_setting_manageantiviruses
extends admin_setting
{
7297 * Calls parent::__construct with specific arguments
7299 public function __construct() {
7300 $this->nosave
= true;
7301 parent
::__construct('antivirusesui', get_string('antivirussettings', 'antivirus'), '', '');
7305 * Always returns true, does nothing
7309 public function get_setting() {
7314 * Always returns true, does nothing
7318 public function get_defaultsetting() {
7323 * Always returns '', does not write anything
7325 * @param string $data Unused
7326 * @return string Always returns ''
7328 public function write_setting($data) {
7329 // Do not write any setting.
7334 * Checks if $query is one of the available editors
7336 * @param string $query The string to search for
7337 * @return bool Returns true if found, false if not
7339 public function is_related($query) {
7340 if (parent
::is_related($query)) {
7344 $antivirusesavailable = \core\antivirus\manager
::get_available();
7345 foreach ($antivirusesavailable as $antivirus => $antivirusstr) {
7346 if (strpos($antivirus, $query) !== false) {
7349 if (strpos(core_text
::strtolower($antivirusstr), $query) !== false) {
7357 * Builds the XHTML to display the control
7359 * @param string $data Unused
7360 * @param string $query
7363 public function output_html($data, $query='') {
7364 global $CFG, $OUTPUT;
7367 $txt = get_strings(array('administration', 'settings', 'edit', 'name', 'enable', 'disable',
7368 'up', 'down', 'none'));
7369 $struninstall = get_string('uninstallplugin', 'core_admin');
7371 $txt->updown
= "$txt->up/$txt->down";
7373 $antivirusesavailable = \core\antivirus\manager
::get_available();
7374 $activeantiviruses = explode(',', $CFG->antiviruses
);
7376 $activeantiviruses = array_reverse($activeantiviruses);
7377 foreach ($activeantiviruses as $key => $antivirus) {
7378 if (empty($antivirusesavailable[$antivirus])) {
7379 unset($activeantiviruses[$key]);
7381 $name = $antivirusesavailable[$antivirus];
7382 unset($antivirusesavailable[$antivirus]);
7383 $antivirusesavailable[$antivirus] = $name;
7386 $antivirusesavailable = array_reverse($antivirusesavailable, true);
7387 $return = $OUTPUT->heading(get_string('actantivirushdr', 'antivirus'), 3, 'main', true);
7388 $return .= $OUTPUT->box_start('generalbox antivirusesui');
7390 $table = new html_table();
7391 $table->head
= array($txt->name
, $txt->enable
, $txt->updown
, $txt->settings
, $struninstall);
7392 $table->colclasses
= array('leftalign', 'centeralign', 'centeralign', 'centeralign', 'centeralign');
7393 $table->id
= 'antivirusmanagement';
7394 $table->attributes
['class'] = 'admintable generaltable';
7395 $table->data
= array();
7397 // Iterate through auth plugins and add to the display table.
7399 $antiviruscount = count($activeantiviruses);
7400 $baseurl = new moodle_url('/admin/antiviruses.php', array('sesskey' => sesskey()));
7401 foreach ($antivirusesavailable as $antivirus => $name) {
7404 if (in_array($antivirus, $activeantiviruses)) {
7405 $hideshowurl = $baseurl;
7406 $hideshowurl->params(array('action' => 'disable', 'antivirus' => $antivirus));
7407 $hideshowimg = $OUTPUT->pix_icon('t/hide', get_string('disable'));
7408 $hideshow = html_writer
::link($hideshowurl, $hideshowimg);
7410 $displayname = $name;
7412 $hideshowurl = $baseurl;
7413 $hideshowurl->params(array('action' => 'enable', 'antivirus' => $antivirus));
7414 $hideshowimg = $OUTPUT->pix_icon('t/show', get_string('enable'));
7415 $hideshow = html_writer
::link($hideshowurl, $hideshowimg);
7417 $displayname = $name;
7418 $class = 'dimmed_text';
7424 if ($updowncount > 1) {
7425 $updownurl = $baseurl;
7426 $updownurl->params(array('action' => 'up', 'antivirus' => $antivirus));
7427 $updownimg = $OUTPUT->pix_icon('t/up', get_string('moveup'));
7428 $updown = html_writer
::link($updownurl, $updownimg);
7430 $updownimg = $OUTPUT->spacer();
7432 if ($updowncount < $antiviruscount) {
7433 $updownurl = $baseurl;
7434 $updownurl->params(array('action' => 'down', 'antivirus' => $antivirus));
7435 $updownimg = $OUTPUT->pix_icon('t/down', get_string('movedown'));
7436 $updown = html_writer
::link($updownurl, $updownimg);
7438 $updownimg = $OUTPUT->spacer();
7444 if (file_exists($CFG->dirroot
.'/lib/antivirus/'.$antivirus.'/settings.php')) {
7445 $eurl = new moodle_url('/admin/settings.php', array('section' => 'antivirussettings'.$antivirus));
7446 $settings = html_writer
::link($eurl, $txt->settings
);
7452 if ($uninstallurl = core_plugin_manager
::instance()->get_uninstall_url('antivirus_'.$antivirus, 'manage')) {
7453 $uninstall = html_writer
::link($uninstallurl, $struninstall);
7456 // Add a row to the table.
7457 $row = new html_table_row(array($displayname, $hideshow, $updown, $settings, $uninstall));
7459 $row->attributes
['class'] = $class;
7461 $table->data
[] = $row;
7463 $return .= html_writer
::table($table);
7464 $return .= get_string('configantivirusplugins', 'antivirus') . html_writer
::empty_tag('br') . get_string('tablenosave', 'admin');
7465 $return .= $OUTPUT->box_end();
7466 return highlight($query, $return);
7471 * Special class for license administration.
7473 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
7474 * @deprecated since Moodle 3.9 MDL-45184. Please use \tool_licensemanager\manager instead.
7475 * @todo MDL-45184 This class will be deleted in Moodle 4.1.
7477 class admin_setting_managelicenses
extends admin_setting
{
7479 * @deprecated since Moodle 3.9 MDL-45184. Please use \tool_licensemanager\manager instead.
7480 * @todo MDL-45184 This class will be deleted in Moodle 4.1
7482 public function __construct() {
7485 debugging('admin_setting_managelicenses class is deprecated. Please use \tool_licensemanager\manager instead.',
7488 // Replace admin setting load with new external page load for tool_licensemanager, if not loaded already.
7489 if (!is_null($ADMIN->locate('licensemanager'))) {
7490 $temp = new admin_externalpage('licensemanager',
7491 get_string('licensemanager', 'tool_licensemanager'),
7492 \tool_licensemanager\helper
::get_licensemanager_url());
7494 $ADMIN->add('license', $temp);
7499 * Always returns true, does nothing
7501 * @deprecated since Moodle 3.9 MDL-45184.
7502 * @todo MDL-45184 This method will be deleted in Moodle 4.1
7506 public function get_setting() {
7507 debugging('admin_setting_managelicenses class is deprecated. Please use \tool_licensemanager\manager instead.',
7514 * Always returns true, does nothing
7516 * @deprecated since Moodle 3.9 MDL-45184.
7517 * @todo MDL-45184 This method will be deleted in Moodle 4.1
7521 public function get_defaultsetting() {
7522 debugging('admin_setting_managelicenses class is deprecated. Please use \tool_licensemanager\manager instead.',
7529 * Always returns '', does not write anything
7531 * @deprecated since Moodle 3.9 MDL-45184.
7532 * @todo MDL-45184 This method will be deleted in Moodle 4.1
7534 * @return string Always returns ''
7536 public function write_setting($data) {
7537 debugging('admin_setting_managelicenses class is deprecated. Please use \tool_licensemanager\manager instead.',
7540 // do not write any setting
7545 * Builds the XHTML to display the control
7547 * @deprecated since Moodle 3.9 MDL-45184. Please use \tool_licensemanager\manager instead.
7548 * @todo MDL-45184 This method will be deleted in Moodle 4.1
7550 * @param string $data Unused
7551 * @param string $query
7554 public function output_html($data, $query='') {
7555 debugging('admin_setting_managelicenses class is deprecated. Please use \tool_licensemanager\manager instead.',
7558 redirect(\tool_licensemanager\helper
::get_licensemanager_url());
7563 * Course formats manager. Allows to enable/disable formats and jump to settings
7565 class admin_setting_manageformats
extends admin_setting
{
7568 * Calls parent::__construct with specific arguments
7570 public function __construct() {
7571 $this->nosave
= true;
7572 parent
::__construct('formatsui', new lang_string('manageformats', 'core_admin'), '', '');
7576 * Always returns true
7580 public function get_setting() {
7585 * Always returns true
7589 public function get_defaultsetting() {
7594 * Always returns '' and doesn't write anything
7596 * @param mixed $data string or array, must not be NULL
7597 * @return string Always returns ''
7599 public function write_setting($data) {
7600 // do not write any setting
7605 * Search to find if Query is related to format plugin
7607 * @param string $query The string to search for
7608 * @return bool true for related false for not
7610 public function is_related($query) {
7611 if (parent
::is_related($query)) {
7614 $formats = core_plugin_manager
::instance()->get_plugins_of_type('format');
7615 foreach ($formats as $format) {
7616 if (strpos($format->component
, $query) !== false ||
7617 strpos(core_text
::strtolower($format->displayname
), $query) !== false) {
7625 * Return XHTML to display control
7627 * @param mixed $data Unused
7628 * @param string $query
7629 * @return string highlight
7631 public function output_html($data, $query='') {
7632 global $CFG, $OUTPUT;
7634 $return = $OUTPUT->heading(new lang_string('courseformats'), 3, 'main');
7635 $return .= $OUTPUT->box_start('generalbox formatsui');
7637 $formats = core_plugin_manager
::instance()->get_plugins_of_type('format');
7640 $txt = get_strings(array('settings', 'name', 'enable', 'disable', 'up', 'down', 'default'));
7641 $txt->uninstall
= get_string('uninstallplugin', 'core_admin');
7642 $txt->updown
= "$txt->up/$txt->down";
7644 $table = new html_table();
7645 $table->head
= array($txt->name
, $txt->enable
, $txt->updown
, $txt->uninstall
, $txt->settings
);
7646 $table->align
= array('left', 'center', 'center', 'center', 'center');
7647 $table->attributes
['class'] = 'manageformattable generaltable admintable';
7648 $table->data
= array();
7651 $defaultformat = get_config('moodlecourse', 'format');
7652 $spacer = $OUTPUT->pix_icon('spacer', '', 'moodle', array('class' => 'iconsmall'));
7653 foreach ($formats as $format) {
7654 $url = new moodle_url('/admin/courseformats.php',
7655 array('sesskey' => sesskey(), 'format' => $format->name
));
7658 if ($format->is_enabled()) {
7659 $strformatname = $format->displayname
;
7660 if ($defaultformat === $format->name
) {
7661 $hideshow = $txt->default;
7663 $hideshow = html_writer
::link($url->out(false, array('action' => 'disable')),
7664 $OUTPUT->pix_icon('t/hide', $txt->disable
, 'moodle', array('class' => 'iconsmall')));
7667 $strformatname = $format->displayname
;
7668 $class = 'dimmed_text';
7669 $hideshow = html_writer
::link($url->out(false, array('action' => 'enable')),
7670 $OUTPUT->pix_icon('t/show', $txt->enable
, 'moodle', array('class' => 'iconsmall')));
7674 $updown .= html_writer
::link($url->out(false, array('action' => 'up')),
7675 $OUTPUT->pix_icon('t/up', $txt->up
, 'moodle', array('class' => 'iconsmall'))). '';
7679 if ($cnt < count($formats) - 1) {
7680 $updown .= ' '.html_writer
::link($url->out(false, array('action' => 'down')),
7681 $OUTPUT->pix_icon('t/down', $txt->down
, 'moodle', array('class' => 'iconsmall')));
7687 if ($format->get_settings_url()) {
7688 $settings = html_writer
::link($format->get_settings_url(), $txt->settings
);
7691 if ($uninstallurl = core_plugin_manager
::instance()->get_uninstall_url('format_'.$format->name
, 'manage')) {
7692 $uninstall = html_writer
::link($uninstallurl, $txt->uninstall
);
7694 $row = new html_table_row(array($strformatname, $hideshow, $updown, $uninstall, $settings));
7696 $row->attributes
['class'] = $class;
7698 $table->data
[] = $row;
7700 $return .= html_writer
::table($table);
7701 $link = html_writer
::link(new moodle_url('/admin/settings.php', array('section' => 'coursesettings')), new lang_string('coursesettings'));
7702 $return .= html_writer
::tag('p', get_string('manageformatsgotosettings', 'admin', $link));
7703 $return .= $OUTPUT->box_end();
7704 return highlight($query, $return);
7709 * Custom fields manager. Allows to enable/disable custom fields and jump to settings.
7712 * @copyright 2018 Toni Barbera
7713 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
7715 class admin_setting_managecustomfields
extends admin_setting
{
7718 * Calls parent::__construct with specific arguments
7720 public function __construct() {
7721 $this->nosave
= true;
7722 parent
::__construct('customfieldsui', new lang_string('managecustomfields', 'core_admin'), '', '');
7726 * Always returns true
7730 public function get_setting() {
7735 * Always returns true
7739 public function get_defaultsetting() {
7744 * Always returns '' and doesn't write anything
7746 * @param mixed $data string or array, must not be NULL
7747 * @return string Always returns ''
7749 public function write_setting($data) {
7750 // Do not write any setting.
7755 * Search to find if Query is related to format plugin
7757 * @param string $query The string to search for
7758 * @return bool true for related false for not
7760 public function is_related($query) {
7761 if (parent
::is_related($query)) {
7764 $formats = core_plugin_manager
::instance()->get_plugins_of_type('customfield');
7765 foreach ($formats as $format) {
7766 if (strpos($format->component
, $query) !== false ||
7767 strpos(core_text
::strtolower($format->displayname
), $query) !== false) {
7775 * Return XHTML to display control
7777 * @param mixed $data Unused
7778 * @param string $query
7779 * @return string highlight
7781 public function output_html($data, $query='') {
7782 global $CFG, $OUTPUT;
7784 $return = $OUTPUT->heading(new lang_string('customfields', 'core_customfield'), 3, 'main');
7785 $return .= $OUTPUT->box_start('generalbox customfieldsui');
7787 $fields = core_plugin_manager
::instance()->get_plugins_of_type('customfield');
7789 $txt = get_strings(array('settings', 'name', 'enable', 'disable', 'up', 'down'));
7790 $txt->uninstall
= get_string('uninstallplugin', 'core_admin');
7791 $txt->updown
= "$txt->up/$txt->down";
7793 $table = new html_table();
7794 $table->head
= array($txt->name
, $txt->enable
, $txt->uninstall
, $txt->settings
);
7795 $table->align
= array('left', 'center', 'center', 'center');
7796 $table->attributes
['class'] = 'managecustomfieldtable generaltable admintable';
7797 $table->data
= array();
7799 $spacer = $OUTPUT->pix_icon('spacer', '', 'moodle', array('class' => 'iconsmall'));
7800 foreach ($fields as $field) {
7801 $url = new moodle_url('/admin/customfields.php',
7802 array('sesskey' => sesskey(), 'field' => $field->name
));
7804 if ($field->is_enabled()) {
7805 $strfieldname = $field->displayname
;
7806 $hideshow = html_writer
::link($url->out(false, array('action' => 'disable')),
7807 $OUTPUT->pix_icon('t/hide', $txt->disable
, 'moodle', array('class' => 'iconsmall')));
7809 $strfieldname = $field->displayname
;
7810 $class = 'dimmed_text';
7811 $hideshow = html_writer
::link($url->out(false, array('action' => 'enable')),
7812 $OUTPUT->pix_icon('t/show', $txt->enable
, 'moodle', array('class' => 'iconsmall')));
7815 if ($field->get_settings_url()) {
7816 $settings = html_writer
::link($field->get_settings_url(), $txt->settings
);
7819 if ($uninstallurl = core_plugin_manager
::instance()->get_uninstall_url('customfield_'.$field->name
, 'manage')) {
7820 $uninstall = html_writer
::link($uninstallurl, $txt->uninstall
);
7822 $row = new html_table_row(array($strfieldname, $hideshow, $uninstall, $settings));
7823 $table->data
[] = $row;
7825 $return .= html_writer
::table($table);
7826 $return .= $OUTPUT->box_end();
7827 return highlight($query, $return);
7832 * Data formats manager. Allow reorder and to enable/disable data formats and jump to settings
7834 * @copyright 2016 Brendan Heywood (brendan@catalyst-au.net)
7835 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
7837 class admin_setting_managedataformats
extends admin_setting
{
7840 * Calls parent::__construct with specific arguments
7842 public function __construct() {
7843 $this->nosave
= true;
7844 parent
::__construct('managedataformats', new lang_string('managedataformats'), '', '');
7848 * Always returns true
7852 public function get_setting() {
7857 * Always returns true
7861 public function get_defaultsetting() {
7866 * Always returns '' and doesn't write anything
7868 * @param mixed $data string or array, must not be NULL
7869 * @return string Always returns ''
7871 public function write_setting($data) {
7872 // Do not write any setting.
7877 * Search to find if Query is related to format plugin
7879 * @param string $query The string to search for
7880 * @return bool true for related false for not
7882 public function is_related($query) {
7883 if (parent
::is_related($query)) {
7886 $formats = core_plugin_manager
::instance()->get_plugins_of_type('dataformat');
7887 foreach ($formats as $format) {
7888 if (strpos($format->component
, $query) !== false ||
7889 strpos(core_text
::strtolower($format->displayname
), $query) !== false) {
7897 * Return XHTML to display control
7899 * @param mixed $data Unused
7900 * @param string $query
7901 * @return string highlight
7903 public function output_html($data, $query='') {
7904 global $CFG, $OUTPUT;
7907 $formats = core_plugin_manager
::instance()->get_plugins_of_type('dataformat');
7909 $txt = get_strings(array('settings', 'name', 'enable', 'disable', 'up', 'down', 'default'));
7910 $txt->uninstall
= get_string('uninstallplugin', 'core_admin');
7911 $txt->updown
= "$txt->up/$txt->down";
7913 $table = new html_table();
7914 $table->head
= array($txt->name
, $txt->enable
, $txt->updown
, $txt->uninstall
, $txt->settings
);
7915 $table->align
= array('left', 'center', 'center', 'center', 'center');
7916 $table->attributes
['class'] = 'manageformattable generaltable admintable';
7917 $table->data
= array();
7920 $spacer = $OUTPUT->pix_icon('spacer', '', 'moodle', array('class' => 'iconsmall'));
7922 foreach ($formats as $format) {
7923 if ($format->is_enabled() && $format->is_installed_and_upgraded()) {
7927 foreach ($formats as $format) {
7928 $status = $format->get_status();
7929 $url = new moodle_url('/admin/dataformats.php',
7930 array('sesskey' => sesskey(), 'name' => $format->name
));
7933 if ($format->is_enabled()) {
7934 $strformatname = $format->displayname
;
7935 if ($totalenabled == 1&& $format->is_enabled()) {
7938 $hideshow = html_writer
::link($url->out(false, array('action' => 'disable')),
7939 $OUTPUT->pix_icon('t/hide', $txt->disable
, 'moodle', array('class' => 'iconsmall')));
7942 $class = 'dimmed_text';
7943 $strformatname = $format->displayname
;
7944 $hideshow = html_writer
::link($url->out(false, array('action' => 'enable')),
7945 $OUTPUT->pix_icon('t/show', $txt->enable
, 'moodle', array('class' => 'iconsmall')));
7950 $updown .= html_writer
::link($url->out(false, array('action' => 'up')),
7951 $OUTPUT->pix_icon('t/up', $txt->up
, 'moodle', array('class' => 'iconsmall'))). '';
7955 if ($cnt < count($formats) - 1) {
7956 $updown .= ' '.html_writer
::link($url->out(false, array('action' => 'down')),
7957 $OUTPUT->pix_icon('t/down', $txt->down
, 'moodle', array('class' => 'iconsmall')));
7963 if ($status === core_plugin_manager
::PLUGIN_STATUS_MISSING
) {
7964 $uninstall = get_string('status_missing', 'core_plugin');
7965 } else if ($status === core_plugin_manager
::PLUGIN_STATUS_NEW
) {
7966 $uninstall = get_string('status_new', 'core_plugin');
7967 } else if ($uninstallurl = core_plugin_manager
::instance()->get_uninstall_url('dataformat_'.$format->name
, 'manage')) {
7968 if ($totalenabled != 1 ||
!$format->is_enabled()) {
7969 $uninstall = html_writer
::link($uninstallurl, $txt->uninstall
);
7974 if ($format->get_settings_url()) {
7975 $settings = html_writer
::link($format->get_settings_url(), $txt->settings
);
7978 $row = new html_table_row(array($strformatname, $hideshow, $updown, $uninstall, $settings));
7980 $row->attributes
['class'] = $class;
7982 $table->data
[] = $row;
7985 $return .= html_writer
::table($table);
7986 return highlight($query, $return);
7991 * Special class for filter administration.
7993 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
7995 class admin_page_managefilters
extends admin_externalpage
{
7997 * Calls parent::__construct with specific arguments
7999 public function __construct() {
8001 parent
::__construct('managefilters', get_string('filtersettings', 'admin'), "$CFG->wwwroot/$CFG->admin/filters.php");
8005 * Searches all installed filters for specified filter
8007 * @param string $query The filter(string) to search for
8008 * @param string $query
8010 public function search($query) {
8012 if ($result = parent
::search($query)) {
8017 $filternames = filter_get_all_installed();
8018 foreach ($filternames as $path => $strfiltername) {
8019 if (strpos(core_text
::strtolower($strfiltername), $query) !== false) {
8023 if (strpos($path, $query) !== false) {
8030 $result = new stdClass
;
8031 $result->page
= $this;
8032 $result->settings
= array();
8033 return array($this->name
=> $result);
8041 * Generic class for managing plugins in a table that allows re-ordering and enable/disable of each plugin.
8042 * Requires a get_rank method on the plugininfo class for sorting.
8044 * @copyright 2017 Damyon Wiese
8045 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
8047 abstract class admin_setting_manage_plugins
extends admin_setting
{
8050 * Get the admin settings section name (just a unique string)
8054 public function get_section_name() {
8055 return 'manage' . $this->get_plugin_type() . 'plugins';
8059 * Get the admin settings section title (use get_string).
8063 abstract public function get_section_title();
8066 * Get the type of plugin to manage.
8070 abstract public function get_plugin_type();
8073 * Get the name of the second column.
8077 public function get_info_column_name() {
8082 * Get the type of plugin to manage.
8084 * @param plugininfo The plugin info class.
8087 abstract public function get_info_column($plugininfo);
8090 * Calls parent::__construct with specific arguments
8092 public function __construct() {
8093 $this->nosave
= true;
8094 parent
::__construct($this->get_section_name(), $this->get_section_title(), '', '');
8098 * Always returns true, does nothing
8102 public function get_setting() {
8107 * Always returns true, does nothing
8111 public function get_defaultsetting() {
8116 * Always returns '', does not write anything
8118 * @param mixed $data
8119 * @return string Always returns ''
8121 public function write_setting($data) {
8122 // Do not write any setting.
8127 * Checks if $query is one of the available plugins of this type
8129 * @param string $query The string to search for
8130 * @return bool Returns true if found, false if not
8132 public function is_related($query) {
8133 if (parent
::is_related($query)) {
8137 $query = core_text
::strtolower($query);
8138 $plugins = core_plugin_manager
::instance()->get_plugins_of_type($this->get_plugin_type());
8139 foreach ($plugins as $name => $plugin) {
8140 $localised = $plugin->displayname
;
8141 if (strpos(core_text
::strtolower($name), $query) !== false) {
8144 if (strpos(core_text
::strtolower($localised), $query) !== false) {
8152 * The URL for the management page for this plugintype.
8154 * @return moodle_url
8156 protected function get_manage_url() {
8157 return new moodle_url('/admin/updatesetting.php');
8161 * Builds the HTML to display the control.
8163 * @param string $data Unused
8164 * @param string $query
8167 public function output_html($data, $query = '') {
8168 global $CFG, $OUTPUT, $DB, $PAGE;
8170 $context = (object) [
8171 'manageurl' => new moodle_url($this->get_manage_url(), [
8172 'type' => $this->get_plugin_type(),
8173 'sesskey' => sesskey(),
8175 'infocolumnname' => $this->get_info_column_name(),
8179 $pluginmanager = core_plugin_manager
::instance();
8180 $allplugins = $pluginmanager->get_plugins_of_type($this->get_plugin_type());
8181 $enabled = $pluginmanager->get_enabled_plugins($this->get_plugin_type());
8182 $plugins = array_merge($enabled, $allplugins);
8183 foreach ($plugins as $key => $plugin) {
8184 $pluginlink = new moodle_url($context->manageurl
, ['plugin' => $key]);
8186 $pluginkey = (object) [
8187 'plugin' => $plugin->displayname
,
8188 'enabled' => $plugin->is_enabled(),
8191 'movedownlink' => '',
8192 'settingslink' => $plugin->get_settings_url(),
8193 'uninstalllink' => '',
8197 // Enable/Disable link.
8198 $togglelink = new moodle_url($pluginlink);
8199 if ($plugin->is_enabled()) {
8200 $toggletarget = false;
8201 $togglelink->param('action', 'disable');
8203 if (count($context->plugins
)) {
8204 // This is not the first plugin.
8205 $pluginkey->moveuplink
= new moodle_url($pluginlink, ['action' => 'up']);
8208 if (count($enabled) > count($context->plugins
) +
1) {
8209 // This is not the last plugin.
8210 $pluginkey->movedownlink
= new moodle_url($pluginlink, ['action' => 'down']);
8213 $pluginkey->info
= $this->get_info_column($plugin);
8215 $toggletarget = true;
8216 $togglelink->param('action', 'enable');
8219 $pluginkey->toggletarget
= $toggletarget;
8220 $pluginkey->togglelink
= $togglelink;
8222 $frankenstyle = $plugin->type
. '_' . $plugin->name
;
8223 if ($uninstalllink = core_plugin_manager
::instance()->get_uninstall_url($frankenstyle, 'manage')) {
8224 // This plugin supports uninstallation.
8225 $pluginkey->uninstalllink
= $uninstalllink;
8228 if (!empty($this->get_info_column_name())) {
8229 // This plugintype has an info column.
8230 $pluginkey->info
= $this->get_info_column($plugin);
8233 $context->plugins
[] = $pluginkey;
8236 $str = $OUTPUT->render_from_template('core_admin/setting_manage_plugins', $context);
8237 return highlight($query, $str);
8242 * Generic class for managing plugins in a table that allows re-ordering and enable/disable of each plugin.
8243 * Requires a get_rank method on the plugininfo class for sorting.
8245 * @copyright 2017 Andrew Nicols <andrew@nicols.co.uk>
8246 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
8248 class admin_setting_manage_fileconverter_plugins
extends admin_setting_manage_plugins
{
8249 public function get_section_title() {
8250 return get_string('type_fileconverter_plural', 'plugin');
8253 public function get_plugin_type() {
8254 return 'fileconverter';
8257 public function get_info_column_name() {
8258 return get_string('supportedconversions', 'plugin');
8261 public function get_info_column($plugininfo) {
8262 return $plugininfo->get_supported_conversions();
8267 * Special class for media player plugins management.
8269 * @copyright 2016 Marina Glancy
8270 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
8272 class admin_setting_managemediaplayers
extends admin_setting
{
8274 * Calls parent::__construct with specific arguments
8276 public function __construct() {
8277 $this->nosave
= true;
8278 parent
::__construct('managemediaplayers', get_string('managemediaplayers', 'media'), '', '');
8282 * Always returns true, does nothing
8286 public function get_setting() {
8291 * Always returns true, does nothing
8295 public function get_defaultsetting() {
8300 * Always returns '', does not write anything
8302 * @param mixed $data
8303 * @return string Always returns ''
8305 public function write_setting($data) {
8306 // Do not write any setting.
8311 * Checks if $query is one of the available enrol plugins
8313 * @param string $query The string to search for
8314 * @return bool Returns true if found, false if not
8316 public function is_related($query) {
8317 if (parent
::is_related($query)) {
8321 $query = core_text
::strtolower($query);
8322 $plugins = core_plugin_manager
::instance()->get_plugins_of_type('media');
8323 foreach ($plugins as $name => $plugin) {
8324 $localised = $plugin->displayname
;
8325 if (strpos(core_text
::strtolower($name), $query) !== false) {
8328 if (strpos(core_text
::strtolower($localised), $query) !== false) {
8336 * Sort plugins so enabled plugins are displayed first and all others are displayed in the end sorted by rank.
8337 * @return \core\plugininfo\media[]
8339 protected function get_sorted_plugins() {
8340 $pluginmanager = core_plugin_manager
::instance();
8342 $plugins = $pluginmanager->get_plugins_of_type('media');
8343 $enabledplugins = $pluginmanager->get_enabled_plugins('media');
8345 // Sort plugins so enabled plugins are displayed first and all others are displayed in the end sorted by rank.
8346 \core_collator
::asort_objects_by_method($plugins, 'get_rank', \core_collator
::SORT_NUMERIC
);
8348 $order = array_values($enabledplugins);
8349 $order = array_merge($order, array_diff(array_reverse(array_keys($plugins)), $order));
8351 $sortedplugins = array();
8352 foreach ($order as $name) {
8353 $sortedplugins[$name] = $plugins[$name];
8356 return $sortedplugins;
8360 * Builds the XHTML to display the control
8362 * @param string $data Unused
8363 * @param string $query
8366 public function output_html($data, $query='') {
8367 global $CFG, $OUTPUT, $DB, $PAGE;
8370 $strup = get_string('up');
8371 $strdown = get_string('down');
8372 $strsettings = get_string('settings');
8373 $strenable = get_string('enable');
8374 $strdisable = get_string('disable');
8375 $struninstall = get_string('uninstallplugin', 'core_admin');
8376 $strversion = get_string('version');
8377 $strname = get_string('name');
8378 $strsupports = get_string('supports', 'core_media');
8380 $pluginmanager = core_plugin_manager
::instance();
8382 $plugins = $this->get_sorted_plugins();
8383 $enabledplugins = $pluginmanager->get_enabled_plugins('media');
8385 $return = $OUTPUT->box_start('generalbox mediaplayersui');
8387 $table = new html_table();
8388 $table->head
= array($strname, $strsupports, $strversion,
8389 $strenable, $strup.'/'.$strdown, $strsettings, $struninstall);
8390 $table->colclasses
= array('leftalign', 'leftalign', 'centeralign',
8391 'centeralign', 'centeralign', 'centeralign', 'centeralign');
8392 $table->id
= 'mediaplayerplugins';
8393 $table->attributes
['class'] = 'admintable generaltable';
8394 $table->data
= array();
8396 // Iterate through media plugins and add to the display table.
8398 $url = new moodle_url('/admin/media.php', array('sesskey' => sesskey()));
8400 $spacer = $OUTPUT->pix_icon('spacer', '', 'moodle', array('class' => 'iconsmall'));
8402 $usedextensions = [];
8403 foreach ($plugins as $name => $plugin) {
8404 $url->param('media', $name);
8405 $plugininfo = $pluginmanager->get_plugin_info('media_'.$name);
8406 $version = $plugininfo->versiondb
;
8407 $supports = $plugininfo->supports($usedextensions);
8411 if (!$plugininfo->is_installed_and_upgraded()) {
8414 $displayname = '<span class="notifyproblem">'.$name.'</span>';
8416 $enabled = $plugininfo->is_enabled();
8418 $hideshow = html_writer
::link(new moodle_url($url, array('action' => 'disable')),
8419 $OUTPUT->pix_icon('t/hide', $strdisable, 'moodle', array('class' => 'iconsmall')));
8421 $hideshow = html_writer
::link(new moodle_url($url, array('action' => 'enable')),
8422 $OUTPUT->pix_icon('t/show', $strenable, 'moodle', array('class' => 'iconsmall')));
8423 $class = 'dimmed_text';
8425 $displayname = $plugin->displayname
;
8426 if (get_string_manager()->string_exists('pluginname_help', 'media_' . $name)) {
8427 $displayname .= ' ' . $OUTPUT->help_icon('pluginname', 'media_' . $name);
8430 if ($PAGE->theme
->resolve_image_location('icon', 'media_' . $name, false)) {
8431 $icon = $OUTPUT->pix_icon('icon', '', 'media_' . $name, array('class' => 'icon pluginicon'));
8433 $icon = $OUTPUT->pix_icon('spacer', '', 'moodle', array('class' => 'icon pluginicon noicon'));
8436 // Up/down link (only if enrol is enabled).
8439 if ($updowncount > 1) {
8440 $updown = html_writer
::link(new moodle_url($url, array('action' => 'up')),
8441 $OUTPUT->pix_icon('t/up', $strup, 'moodle', array('class' => 'iconsmall')));
8445 if ($updowncount < count($enabledplugins)) {
8446 $updown .= html_writer
::link(new moodle_url($url, array('action' => 'down')),
8447 $OUTPUT->pix_icon('t/down', $strdown, 'moodle', array('class' => 'iconsmall')));
8455 $status = $plugininfo->get_status();
8456 if ($status === core_plugin_manager
::PLUGIN_STATUS_MISSING
) {
8457 $uninstall = get_string('status_missing', 'core_plugin') . '<br/>';
8459 if ($status === core_plugin_manager
::PLUGIN_STATUS_NEW
) {
8460 $uninstall = get_string('status_new', 'core_plugin');
8461 } else if ($uninstallurl = $pluginmanager->get_uninstall_url('media_'.$name, 'manage')) {
8462 $uninstall .= html_writer
::link($uninstallurl, $struninstall);
8466 if ($plugininfo->get_settings_url()) {
8467 $settings = html_writer
::link($plugininfo->get_settings_url(), $strsettings);
8470 // Add a row to the table.
8471 $row = new html_table_row(array($icon.$displayname, $supports, $version, $hideshow, $updown, $settings, $uninstall));
8473 $row->attributes
['class'] = $class;
8475 $table->data
[] = $row;
8477 $printed[$name] = true;
8480 $return .= html_writer
::table($table);
8481 $return .= $OUTPUT->box_end();
8482 return highlight($query, $return);
8488 * Content bank content types manager. Allow reorder and to enable/disable content bank content types and jump to settings
8490 * @copyright 2020 Amaia Anabitarte <amaia@moodle.com>
8491 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
8493 class admin_setting_managecontentbankcontenttypes
extends admin_setting
{
8496 * Calls parent::__construct with specific arguments
8498 public function __construct() {
8499 $this->nosave
= true;
8500 parent
::__construct('contentbank', new lang_string('managecontentbanktypes'), '', '');
8504 * Always returns true
8508 public function get_setting() {
8513 * Always returns true
8517 public function get_defaultsetting() {
8522 * Always returns '' and doesn't write anything
8524 * @param mixed $data string or array, must not be NULL
8525 * @return string Always returns ''
8527 public function write_setting($data) {
8528 // Do not write any setting.
8533 * Search to find if Query is related to content bank plugin
8535 * @param string $query The string to search for
8536 * @return bool true for related false for not
8538 public function is_related($query) {
8539 if (parent
::is_related($query)) {
8542 $types = core_plugin_manager
::instance()->get_plugins_of_type('contenttype');
8543 foreach ($types as $type) {
8544 if (strpos($type->component
, $query) !== false ||
8545 strpos(core_text
::strtolower($type->displayname
), $query) !== false) {
8553 * Return XHTML to display control
8555 * @param mixed $data Unused
8556 * @param string $query
8557 * @return string highlight
8559 public function output_html($data, $query='') {
8560 global $CFG, $OUTPUT;
8563 $types = core_plugin_manager
::instance()->get_plugins_of_type('contenttype');
8564 $txt = get_strings(array('settings', 'name', 'enable', 'disable', 'order', 'up', 'down', 'default'));
8565 $txt->uninstall
= get_string('uninstallplugin', 'core_admin');
8567 $table = new html_table();
8568 $table->head
= array($txt->name
, $txt->enable
, $txt->order
, $txt->settings
, $txt->uninstall
);
8569 $table->align
= array('left', 'center', 'center', 'center', 'center');
8570 $table->attributes
['class'] = 'managecontentbanktable generaltable admintable';
8571 $table->data
= array();
8572 $spacer = $OUTPUT->pix_icon('spacer', '', 'moodle', array('class' => 'iconsmall'));
8576 foreach ($types as $type) {
8577 if ($type->is_enabled() && $type->is_installed_and_upgraded()) {
8582 foreach ($types as $type) {
8583 $url = new moodle_url('/admin/contentbank.php',
8584 array('sesskey' => sesskey(), 'name' => $type->name
));
8587 $strtypename = $type->displayname
;
8588 if ($type->is_enabled()) {
8589 $hideshow = html_writer
::link($url->out(false, array('action' => 'disable')),
8590 $OUTPUT->pix_icon('t/hide', $txt->disable
, 'moodle', array('class' => 'iconsmall')));
8592 $class = 'dimmed_text';
8593 $hideshow = html_writer
::link($url->out(false, array('action' => 'enable')),
8594 $OUTPUT->pix_icon('t/show', $txt->enable
, 'moodle', array('class' => 'iconsmall')));
8599 $updown .= html_writer
::link($url->out(false, array('action' => 'up')),
8600 $OUTPUT->pix_icon('t/up', $txt->up
, 'moodle', array('class' => 'iconsmall'))). '';
8604 if ($count < count($types) - 1) {
8605 $updown .= ' '.html_writer
::link($url->out(false, array('action' => 'down')),
8606 $OUTPUT->pix_icon('t/down', $txt->down
, 'moodle', array('class' => 'iconsmall')));
8612 if ($type->get_settings_url()) {
8613 $settings = html_writer
::link($type->get_settings_url(), $txt->settings
);
8617 if ($uninstallurl = core_plugin_manager
::instance()->get_uninstall_url('contenttype_'.$type->name
, 'manage')) {
8618 $uninstall = html_writer
::link($uninstallurl, $txt->uninstall
);
8621 $row = new html_table_row(array($strtypename, $hideshow, $updown, $settings, $uninstall));
8623 $row->attributes
['class'] = $class;
8625 $table->data
[] = $row;
8628 $return .= html_writer
::table($table);
8629 return highlight($query, $return);
8634 * Initialise admin page - this function does require login and permission
8635 * checks specified in page definition.
8637 * This function must be called on each admin page before other code.
8639 * @global moodle_page $PAGE
8641 * @param string $section name of page
8642 * @param string $extrabutton extra HTML that is added after the blocks editing on/off button.
8643 * @param array $extraurlparams an array paramname => paramvalue, or parameters that need to be
8644 * added to the turn blocks editing on/off form, so this page reloads correctly.
8645 * @param string $actualurl if the actual page being viewed is not the normal one for this
8646 * page (e.g. admin/roles/allow.php, instead of admin/roles/manage.php, you can pass the alternate URL here.
8647 * @param array $options Additional options that can be specified for page setup.
8648 * pagelayout - This option can be used to set a specific pagelyaout, admin is default.
8650 function admin_externalpage_setup($section, $extrabutton = '', array $extraurlparams = null, $actualurl = '', array $options = array()) {
8651 global $CFG, $PAGE, $USER, $SITE, $OUTPUT;
8653 $PAGE->set_context(null); // hack - set context to something, by default to system context
8656 require_login(null, false);
8658 if (!empty($options['pagelayout'])) {
8659 // A specific page layout has been requested.
8660 $PAGE->set_pagelayout($options['pagelayout']);
8661 } else if ($section === 'upgradesettings') {
8662 $PAGE->set_pagelayout('maintenance');
8664 $PAGE->set_pagelayout('admin');
8667 $adminroot = admin_get_root(false, false); // settings not required for external pages
8668 $extpage = $adminroot->locate($section, true);
8670 if (empty($extpage) or !($extpage instanceof admin_externalpage
)) {
8671 // The requested section isn't in the admin tree
8672 // It could be because the user has inadequate capapbilities or because the section doesn't exist
8673 if (!has_capability('moodle/site:config', context_system
::instance())) {
8674 // The requested section could depend on a different capability
8675 // but most likely the user has inadequate capabilities
8676 print_error('accessdenied', 'admin');
8678 print_error('sectionerror', 'admin', "$CFG->wwwroot/$CFG->admin/");
8682 // this eliminates our need to authenticate on the actual pages
8683 if (!$extpage->check_access()) {
8684 print_error('accessdenied', 'admin');
8688 navigation_node
::require_admin_tree();
8690 // $PAGE->set_extra_button($extrabutton); TODO
8693 $actualurl = $extpage->url
;
8696 $PAGE->set_url($actualurl, $extraurlparams);
8697 if (strpos($PAGE->pagetype
, 'admin-') !== 0) {
8698 $PAGE->set_pagetype('admin-' . $PAGE->pagetype
);
8701 if (empty($SITE->fullname
) ||
empty($SITE->shortname
)) {
8702 // During initial install.
8703 $strinstallation = get_string('installation', 'install');
8704 $strsettings = get_string('settings');
8705 $PAGE->navbar
->add($strsettings);
8706 $PAGE->set_title($strinstallation);
8707 $PAGE->set_heading($strinstallation);
8708 $PAGE->set_cacheable(false);
8712 // Locate the current item on the navigation and make it active when found.
8713 $path = $extpage->path
;
8714 $node = $PAGE->settingsnav
;
8715 while ($node && count($path) > 0) {
8716 $node = $node->get(array_pop($path));
8719 $node->make_active();
8723 $adminediting = optional_param('adminedit', -1, PARAM_BOOL
);
8724 if ($PAGE->user_allowed_editing() && $adminediting != -1) {
8725 $USER->editing
= $adminediting;
8728 $visiblepathtosection = array_reverse($extpage->visiblepath
);
8730 if ($PAGE->user_allowed_editing()) {
8731 if ($PAGE->user_is_editing()) {
8732 $caption = get_string('blockseditoff');
8733 $url = new moodle_url($PAGE->url
, array('adminedit'=>'0', 'sesskey'=>sesskey()));
8735 $caption = get_string('blocksediton');
8736 $url = new moodle_url($PAGE->url
, array('adminedit'=>'1', 'sesskey'=>sesskey()));
8738 $PAGE->set_button($OUTPUT->single_button($url, $caption, 'get'));
8741 $PAGE->set_title("$SITE->shortname: " . implode(": ", $visiblepathtosection));
8742 $PAGE->set_heading($SITE->fullname
);
8744 // prevent caching in nav block
8745 $PAGE->navigation
->clear_cache();
8749 * Returns the reference to admin tree root
8751 * @return object admin_root object
8753 function admin_get_root($reload=false, $requirefulltree=true) {
8754 global $CFG, $DB, $OUTPUT, $ADMIN;
8756 if (is_null($ADMIN)) {
8757 // create the admin tree!
8758 $ADMIN = new admin_root($requirefulltree);
8761 if ($reload or ($requirefulltree and !$ADMIN->fulltree
)) {
8762 $ADMIN->purge_children($requirefulltree);
8765 if (!$ADMIN->loaded
) {
8766 // we process this file first to create categories first and in correct order
8767 require($CFG->dirroot
.'/'.$CFG->admin
.'/settings/top.php');
8769 // now we process all other files in admin/settings to build the admin tree
8770 foreach (glob($CFG->dirroot
.'/'.$CFG->admin
.'/settings/*.php') as $file) {
8771 if ($file == $CFG->dirroot
.'/'.$CFG->admin
.'/settings/top.php') {
8774 if ($file == $CFG->dirroot
.'/'.$CFG->admin
.'/settings/plugins.php') {
8775 // plugins are loaded last - they may insert pages anywhere
8780 require($CFG->dirroot
.'/'.$CFG->admin
.'/settings/plugins.php');
8782 $ADMIN->loaded
= true;
8788 /// settings utility functions
8791 * This function applies default settings.
8792 * Because setting the defaults of some settings can enable other settings,
8793 * this function is called recursively until no more new settings are found.
8795 * @param object $node, NULL means complete tree, null by default
8796 * @param bool $unconditional if true overrides all values with defaults, true by default
8797 * @param array $admindefaultsettings default admin settings to apply. Used recursively
8798 * @param array $settingsoutput The names and values of the changed settings. Used recursively
8799 * @return array $settingsoutput The names and values of the changed settings
8801 function admin_apply_default_settings($node=null, $unconditional=true, $admindefaultsettings=array(), $settingsoutput=array()) {
8804 if (is_null($node)) {
8805 core_plugin_manager
::reset_caches();
8806 $node = admin_get_root(true, true);
8807 $counter = count($settingsoutput);
8810 if ($node instanceof admin_category
) {
8811 $entries = array_keys($node->children
);
8812 foreach ($entries as $entry) {
8813 $settingsoutput = admin_apply_default_settings(
8814 $node->children
[$entry], $unconditional, $admindefaultsettings, $settingsoutput
8818 } else if ($node instanceof admin_settingpage
) {
8819 foreach ($node->settings
as $setting) {
8820 if (!$unconditional && !is_null($setting->get_setting())) {
8821 // Do not override existing defaults.
8824 $defaultsetting = $setting->get_defaultsetting();
8825 if (is_null($defaultsetting)) {
8826 // No value yet - default maybe applied after admin user creation or in upgradesettings.
8830 $settingname = $node->name
. '_' . $setting->name
; // Get a unique name for the setting.
8832 if (!array_key_exists($settingname, $admindefaultsettings)) { // Only update a setting if not already processed.
8833 $admindefaultsettings[$settingname] = $settingname;
8834 $settingsoutput[$settingname] = $defaultsetting;
8836 // Set the default for this setting.
8837 $setting->write_setting($defaultsetting);
8838 $setting->write_setting_flags(null);
8840 unset($admindefaultsettings[$settingname]); // Remove processed settings.
8845 // Call this function recursively until all settings are processed.
8846 if (($node instanceof admin_root
) && ($counter != count($settingsoutput))) {
8847 $settingsoutput = admin_apply_default_settings(null, $unconditional, $admindefaultsettings, $settingsoutput);
8849 // Just in case somebody modifies the list of active plugins directly.
8850 core_plugin_manager
::reset_caches();
8852 return $settingsoutput;
8856 * Store changed settings, this function updates the errors variable in $ADMIN
8858 * @param object $formdata from form
8859 * @return int number of changed settings
8861 function admin_write_settings($formdata) {
8862 global $CFG, $SITE, $DB;
8864 $olddbsessions = !empty($CFG->dbsessions
);
8865 $formdata = (array)$formdata;
8868 foreach ($formdata as $fullname=>$value) {
8869 if (strpos($fullname, 's_') !== 0) {
8870 continue; // not a config value
8872 $data[$fullname] = $value;
8875 $adminroot = admin_get_root();
8876 $settings = admin_find_write_settings($adminroot, $data);
8879 foreach ($settings as $fullname=>$setting) {
8880 /** @var $setting admin_setting */
8881 $original = $setting->get_setting();
8882 $error = $setting->write_setting($data[$fullname]);
8883 if ($error !== '') {
8884 $adminroot->errors
[$fullname] = new stdClass();
8885 $adminroot->errors
[$fullname]->data
= $data[$fullname];
8886 $adminroot->errors
[$fullname]->id
= $setting->get_id();
8887 $adminroot->errors
[$fullname]->error
= $error;
8889 $setting->write_setting_flags($data);
8891 if ($setting->post_write_settings($original)) {
8896 if ($olddbsessions != !empty($CFG->dbsessions
)) {
8900 // Now update $SITE - just update the fields, in case other people have a
8901 // a reference to it (e.g. $PAGE, $COURSE).
8902 $newsite = $DB->get_record('course', array('id'=>$SITE->id
));
8903 foreach (get_object_vars($newsite) as $field => $value) {
8904 $SITE->$field = $value;
8907 // now reload all settings - some of them might depend on the changed
8908 admin_get_root(true);
8913 * Internal recursive function - finds all settings from submitted form
8915 * @param object $node Instance of admin_category, or admin_settingpage
8916 * @param array $data
8919 function admin_find_write_settings($node, $data) {
8926 if ($node instanceof admin_category
) {
8927 if ($node->check_access()) {
8928 $entries = array_keys($node->children
);
8929 foreach ($entries as $entry) {
8930 $return = array_merge($return, admin_find_write_settings($node->children
[$entry], $data));
8934 } else if ($node instanceof admin_settingpage
) {
8935 if ($node->check_access()) {
8936 foreach ($node->settings
as $setting) {
8937 $fullname = $setting->get_full_name();
8938 if (array_key_exists($fullname, $data)) {
8939 $return[$fullname] = $setting;
8950 * Internal function - prints the search results
8952 * @param string $query String to search for
8953 * @return string empty or XHTML
8955 function admin_search_settings_html($query) {
8956 global $CFG, $OUTPUT, $PAGE;
8958 if (core_text
::strlen($query) < 2) {
8961 $query = core_text
::strtolower($query);
8963 $adminroot = admin_get_root();
8964 $findings = $adminroot->search($query);
8965 $savebutton = false;
8967 $tpldata = (object) [
8968 'actionurl' => $PAGE->url
->out(false),
8970 'sesskey' => sesskey(),
8973 foreach ($findings as $found) {
8974 $page = $found->page
;
8975 $settings = $found->settings
;
8976 if ($page->is_hidden()) {
8977 // hidden pages are not displayed in search results
8981 $heading = highlight($query, $page->visiblename
);
8983 if ($page instanceof admin_externalpage
) {
8984 $headingurl = new moodle_url($page->url
);
8985 } else if ($page instanceof admin_settingpage
) {
8986 $headingurl = new moodle_url('/admin/settings.php', ['section' => $page->name
]);
8991 // Locate the page in the admin root and populate its visiblepath attribute.
8993 $located = $adminroot->locate($page->name
, true);
8995 foreach ($located->visiblepath
as $pathitem) {
8996 array_unshift($path, (string) $pathitem);
9000 $sectionsettings = [];
9001 if (!empty($settings)) {
9002 foreach ($settings as $setting) {
9003 if (empty($setting->nosave
)) {
9006 $fullname = $setting->get_full_name();
9007 if (array_key_exists($fullname, $adminroot->errors
)) {
9008 $data = $adminroot->errors
[$fullname]->data
;
9010 $data = $setting->get_setting();
9011 // do not use defaults if settings not available - upgradesettings handles the defaults!
9013 $sectionsettings[] = $setting->output_html($data, $query);
9017 $tpldata->results
[] = (object) [
9018 'title' => $heading,
9020 'url' => $headingurl->out(false),
9021 'settings' => $sectionsettings
9025 $tpldata->showsave
= $savebutton;
9026 $tpldata->hasresults
= !empty($tpldata->results
);
9028 return $OUTPUT->render_from_template('core_admin/settings_search_results', $tpldata);
9032 * Internal function - returns arrays of html pages with uninitialised settings
9034 * @param object $node Instance of admin_category or admin_settingpage
9037 function admin_output_new_settings_by_page($node) {
9041 if ($node instanceof admin_category
) {
9042 $entries = array_keys($node->children
);
9043 foreach ($entries as $entry) {
9044 $return +
= admin_output_new_settings_by_page($node->children
[$entry]);
9047 } else if ($node instanceof admin_settingpage
) {
9048 $newsettings = array();
9049 foreach ($node->settings
as $setting) {
9050 if (is_null($setting->get_setting())) {
9051 $newsettings[] = $setting;
9054 if (count($newsettings) > 0) {
9055 $adminroot = admin_get_root();
9056 $page = $OUTPUT->heading(get_string('upgradesettings','admin').' - '.$node->visiblename
, 2, 'main');
9057 $page .= '<fieldset class="adminsettings">'."\n";
9058 foreach ($newsettings as $setting) {
9059 $fullname = $setting->get_full_name();
9060 if (array_key_exists($fullname, $adminroot->errors
)) {
9061 $data = $adminroot->errors
[$fullname]->data
;
9063 $data = $setting->get_setting();
9064 if (is_null($data)) {
9065 $data = $setting->get_defaultsetting();
9068 $page .= '<div class="clearer"><!-- --></div>'."\n";
9069 $page .= $setting->output_html($data);
9071 $page .= '</fieldset>';
9072 $return[$node->name
] = $page;
9080 * Format admin settings
9082 * @param object $setting
9083 * @param string $title label element
9084 * @param string $form form fragment, html code - not highlighted automatically
9085 * @param string $description
9086 * @param mixed $label link label to id, true by default or string being the label to connect it to
9087 * @param string $warning warning text
9088 * @param sting $defaultinfo defaults info, null means nothing, '' is converted to "Empty" string, defaults to null
9089 * @param string $query search query to be highlighted
9090 * @return string XHTML
9092 function format_admin_setting($setting, $title='', $form='', $description='', $label=true, $warning='', $defaultinfo=NULL, $query='') {
9093 global $CFG, $OUTPUT;
9095 $context = (object) [
9096 'name' => empty($setting->plugin
) ?
$setting->name
: "$setting->plugin | $setting->name",
9097 'fullname' => $setting->get_full_name(),
9100 // Sometimes the id is not id_s_name, but id_s_name_m or something, and this does not validate.
9101 if ($label === true) {
9102 $context->labelfor
= $setting->get_id();
9103 } else if ($label === false) {
9104 $context->labelfor
= '';
9106 $context->labelfor
= $label;
9109 $form .= $setting->output_setting_flags();
9111 $context->warning
= $warning;
9112 $context->override
= '';
9113 if (empty($setting->plugin
)) {
9114 if (array_key_exists($setting->name
, $CFG->config_php_settings
)) {
9115 $context->override
= get_string('configoverride', 'admin');
9118 if (array_key_exists($setting->plugin
, $CFG->forced_plugin_settings
) and array_key_exists($setting->name
, $CFG->forced_plugin_settings
[$setting->plugin
])) {
9119 $context->override
= get_string('configoverride', 'admin');
9123 $defaults = array();
9124 if (!is_null($defaultinfo)) {
9125 if ($defaultinfo === '') {
9126 $defaultinfo = get_string('emptysettingvalue', 'admin');
9128 $defaults[] = $defaultinfo;
9131 $context->default = null;
9132 $setting->get_setting_flag_defaults($defaults);
9133 if (!empty($defaults)) {
9134 $defaultinfo = implode(', ', $defaults);
9135 $defaultinfo = highlight($query, nl2br(s($defaultinfo)));
9136 $context->default = get_string('defaultsettinginfo', 'admin', $defaultinfo);
9140 $context->error
= '';
9141 $adminroot = admin_get_root();
9142 if (array_key_exists($context->fullname
, $adminroot->errors
)) {
9143 $context->error
= $adminroot->errors
[$context->fullname
]->error
;
9146 if ($dependenton = $setting->get_dependent_on()) {
9147 $context->dependenton
= get_string('settingdependenton', 'admin', implode(', ', $dependenton));
9150 $context->id
= 'admin-' . $setting->name
;
9151 $context->title
= highlightfast($query, $title);
9152 $context->name
= highlightfast($query, $context->name
);
9153 $context->description
= highlight($query, markdown_to_html($description));
9154 $context->element
= $form;
9155 $context->forceltr
= $setting->get_force_ltr();
9156 $context->customcontrol
= $setting->has_custom_form_control();
9158 return $OUTPUT->render_from_template('core_admin/setting', $context);
9162 * Based on find_new_settings{@link ()} in upgradesettings.php
9163 * Looks to find any admin settings that have not been initialized. Returns 1 if it finds any.
9165 * @param object $node Instance of admin_category, or admin_settingpage
9166 * @return boolean true if any settings haven't been initialised, false if they all have
9168 function any_new_admin_settings($node) {
9170 if ($node instanceof admin_category
) {
9171 $entries = array_keys($node->children
);
9172 foreach ($entries as $entry) {
9173 if (any_new_admin_settings($node->children
[$entry])) {
9178 } else if ($node instanceof admin_settingpage
) {
9179 foreach ($node->settings
as $setting) {
9180 if ($setting->get_setting() === NULL) {
9190 * Given a table and optionally a column name should replaces be done?
9192 * @param string $table name
9193 * @param string $column name
9194 * @return bool success or fail
9196 function db_should_replace($table, $column = '', $additionalskiptables = ''): bool {
9198 // TODO: this is horrible hack, we should have a hook and each plugin should be responsible for proper replacing...
9199 $skiptables = ['config', 'config_plugins', 'filter_config', 'sessions',
9200 'events_queue', 'repository_instance_config', 'block_instances', 'files'];
9202 // Additional skip tables.
9203 if (!empty($additionalskiptables)) {
9204 $skiptables = array_merge($skiptables, explode(',', str_replace(' ', '', $additionalskiptables)));
9207 // Don't process these.
9208 if (in_array($table, $skiptables)) {
9212 // To be safe never replace inside a table that looks related to logging.
9213 if (preg_match('/(^|_)logs?($|_)/', $table)) {
9217 // Do column based exclusions.
9218 if (!empty($column)) {
9219 // Don't touch anything that looks like a hash.
9220 if (preg_match('/hash$/', $column)) {
9229 * Moved from admin/replace.php so that we can use this in cron
9231 * @param string $search string to look for
9232 * @param string $replace string to replace
9233 * @return bool success or fail
9235 function db_replace($search, $replace, $additionalskiptables = '') {
9236 global $DB, $CFG, $OUTPUT;
9238 // Turn off time limits, sometimes upgrades can be slow.
9239 core_php_time_limit
::raise();
9241 if (!$tables = $DB->get_tables() ) { // No tables yet at all.
9244 foreach ($tables as $table) {
9246 if (!db_should_replace($table, '', $additionalskiptables)) {
9250 if ($columns = $DB->get_columns($table)) {
9251 $DB->set_debug(true);
9252 foreach ($columns as $column) {
9253 if (!db_should_replace($table, $column->name
)) {
9256 $DB->replace_all_text($table, $column, $search, $replace);
9258 $DB->set_debug(false);
9262 // delete modinfo caches
9263 rebuild_course_cache(0, true);
9265 // TODO: we should ask all plugins to do the search&replace, for now let's do only blocks...
9266 $blocks = core_component
::get_plugin_list('block');
9267 foreach ($blocks as $blockname=>$fullblock) {
9268 if ($blockname === 'NEWBLOCK') { // Someone has unzipped the template, ignore it
9272 if (!is_readable($fullblock.'/lib.php')) {
9276 $function = 'block_'.$blockname.'_global_db_replace';
9277 include_once($fullblock.'/lib.php');
9278 if (!function_exists($function)) {
9282 echo $OUTPUT->notification("Replacing in $blockname blocks...", 'notifysuccess');
9283 $function($search, $replace);
9284 echo $OUTPUT->notification("...finished", 'notifysuccess');
9287 // Trigger an event.
9289 'context' => context_system
::instance(),
9291 'search' => $search,
9292 'replace' => $replace
9295 $event = \core\event\database_text_field_content_replaced
::create($eventargs);
9304 * Manage repository settings
9306 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
9308 class admin_setting_managerepository
extends admin_setting
{
9313 * calls parent::__construct with specific arguments
9315 public function __construct() {
9317 parent
::__construct('managerepository', get_string('manage', 'repository'), '', '');
9318 $this->baseurl
= $CFG->wwwroot
. '/' . $CFG->admin
. '/repository.php?sesskey=' . sesskey();
9322 * Always returns true, does nothing
9326 public function get_setting() {
9331 * Always returns true does nothing
9335 public function get_defaultsetting() {
9340 * Always returns s_managerepository
9342 * @return string Always return 's_managerepository'
9344 public function get_full_name() {
9345 return 's_managerepository';
9349 * Always returns '' doesn't do anything
9351 public function write_setting($data) {
9352 $url = $this->baseurl
. '&new=' . $data;
9355 // Should not use redirect and exit here
9356 // Find a better way to do this.
9362 * Searches repository plugins for one that matches $query
9364 * @param string $query The string to search for
9365 * @return bool true if found, false if not
9367 public function is_related($query) {
9368 if (parent
::is_related($query)) {
9372 $repositories= core_component
::get_plugin_list('repository');
9373 foreach ($repositories as $p => $dir) {
9374 if (strpos($p, $query) !== false) {
9378 foreach (repository
::get_types() as $instance) {
9379 $title = $instance->get_typename();
9380 if (strpos(core_text
::strtolower($title), $query) !== false) {
9388 * Helper function that generates a moodle_url object
9389 * relevant to the repository
9392 function repository_action_url($repository) {
9393 return new moodle_url($this->baseurl
, array('sesskey'=>sesskey(), 'repos'=>$repository));
9397 * Builds XHTML to display the control
9399 * @param string $data Unused
9400 * @param string $query
9401 * @return string XHTML
9403 public function output_html($data, $query='') {
9404 global $CFG, $USER, $OUTPUT;
9406 // Get strings that are used
9407 $strshow = get_string('on', 'repository');
9408 $strhide = get_string('off', 'repository');
9409 $strdelete = get_string('disabled', 'repository');
9411 $actionchoicesforexisting = array(
9414 'delete' => $strdelete
9417 $actionchoicesfornew = array(
9418 'newon' => $strshow,
9419 'newoff' => $strhide,
9420 'delete' => $strdelete
9424 $return .= $OUTPUT->box_start('generalbox');
9426 // Set strings that are used multiple times
9427 $settingsstr = get_string('settings');
9428 $disablestr = get_string('disable');
9430 // Table to list plug-ins
9431 $table = new html_table();
9432 $table->head
= array(get_string('name'), get_string('isactive', 'repository'), get_string('order'), $settingsstr);
9433 $table->align
= array('left', 'center', 'center', 'center', 'center');
9434 $table->data
= array();
9436 // Get list of used plug-ins
9437 $repositorytypes = repository
::get_types();
9438 if (!empty($repositorytypes)) {
9439 // Array to store plugins being used
9440 $alreadyplugins = array();
9441 $totalrepositorytypes = count($repositorytypes);
9443 foreach ($repositorytypes as $i) {
9445 $typename = $i->get_typename();
9446 // Display edit link only if you can config the type or if it has multiple instances (e.g. has instance config)
9447 $typeoptionnames = repository
::static_function($typename, 'get_type_option_names');
9448 $instanceoptionnames = repository
::static_function($typename, 'get_instance_option_names');
9450 if (!empty($typeoptionnames) ||
!empty($instanceoptionnames)) {
9451 // Calculate number of instances in order to display them for the Moodle administrator
9452 if (!empty($instanceoptionnames)) {
9454 $params['context'] = array(context_system
::instance());
9455 $params['onlyvisible'] = false;
9456 $params['type'] = $typename;
9457 $admininstancenumber = count(repository
::static_function($typename, 'get_instances', $params));
9459 $admininstancenumbertext = get_string('instancesforsite', 'repository', $admininstancenumber);
9460 $params['context'] = array();
9461 $instances = repository
::static_function($typename, 'get_instances', $params);
9462 $courseinstances = array();
9463 $userinstances = array();
9465 foreach ($instances as $instance) {
9466 $repocontext = context
::instance_by_id($instance->instance
->contextid
);
9467 if ($repocontext->contextlevel
== CONTEXT_COURSE
) {
9468 $courseinstances[] = $instance;
9469 } else if ($repocontext->contextlevel
== CONTEXT_USER
) {
9470 $userinstances[] = $instance;
9474 $instancenumber = count($courseinstances);
9475 $courseinstancenumbertext = get_string('instancesforcourses', 'repository', $instancenumber);
9477 // user private instances
9478 $instancenumber = count($userinstances);
9479 $userinstancenumbertext = get_string('instancesforusers', 'repository', $instancenumber);
9481 $admininstancenumbertext = "";
9482 $courseinstancenumbertext = "";
9483 $userinstancenumbertext = "";
9486 $settings .= '<a href="' . $this->baseurl
. '&action=edit&repos=' . $typename . '">' . $settingsstr .'</a>';
9488 $settings .= $OUTPUT->container_start('mdl-left');
9489 $settings .= '<br/>';
9490 $settings .= $admininstancenumbertext;
9491 $settings .= '<br/>';
9492 $settings .= $courseinstancenumbertext;
9493 $settings .= '<br/>';
9494 $settings .= $userinstancenumbertext;
9495 $settings .= $OUTPUT->container_end();
9497 // Get the current visibility
9498 if ($i->get_visible()) {
9499 $currentaction = 'show';
9501 $currentaction = 'hide';
9504 $select = new single_select($this->repository_action_url($typename, 'repos'), 'action', $actionchoicesforexisting, $currentaction, null, 'applyto' . basename($typename));
9506 // Display up/down link
9508 // Should be done with CSS instead.
9509 $spacer = $OUTPUT->spacer(array('height' => 15, 'width' => 15, 'class' => 'smallicon'));
9511 if ($updowncount > 1) {
9512 $updown .= "<a href=\"$this->baseurl&action=moveup&repos=".$typename."\">";
9513 $updown .= $OUTPUT->pix_icon('t/up', get_string('moveup')) . '</a> ';
9518 if ($updowncount < $totalrepositorytypes) {
9519 $updown .= "<a href=\"$this->baseurl&action=movedown&repos=".$typename."\">";
9520 $updown .= $OUTPUT->pix_icon('t/down', get_string('movedown')) . '</a> ';
9528 $table->data
[] = array($i->get_readablename(), $OUTPUT->render($select), $updown, $settings);
9530 if (!in_array($typename, $alreadyplugins)) {
9531 $alreadyplugins[] = $typename;
9536 // Get all the plugins that exist on disk
9537 $plugins = core_component
::get_plugin_list('repository');
9538 if (!empty($plugins)) {
9539 foreach ($plugins as $plugin => $dir) {
9540 // Check that it has not already been listed
9541 if (!in_array($plugin, $alreadyplugins)) {
9542 $select = new single_select($this->repository_action_url($plugin, 'repos'), 'action', $actionchoicesfornew, 'delete', null, 'applyto' . basename($plugin));
9543 $table->data
[] = array(get_string('pluginname', 'repository_'.$plugin), $OUTPUT->render($select), '', '');
9548 $return .= html_writer
::table($table);
9549 $return .= $OUTPUT->box_end();
9550 return highlight($query, $return);
9555 * Special checkbox for enable mobile web service
9556 * If enable then we store the service id of the mobile service into config table
9557 * If disable then we unstore the service id from the config table
9559 class admin_setting_enablemobileservice
extends admin_setting_configcheckbox
{
9561 /** @var boolean True means that the capability 'webservice/rest:use' is set for authenticated user role */
9565 * Return true if Authenticated user role has the capability 'webservice/rest:use', otherwise false.
9569 private function is_protocol_cap_allowed() {
9572 // If the $this->restuse variable is not set, it needs to be set.
9573 if (empty($this->restuse
) and $this->restuse
!==false) {
9575 $params['permission'] = CAP_ALLOW
;
9576 $params['roleid'] = $CFG->defaultuserroleid
;
9577 $params['capability'] = 'webservice/rest:use';
9578 $this->restuse
= $DB->record_exists('role_capabilities', $params);
9581 return $this->restuse
;
9585 * Set the 'webservice/rest:use' to the Authenticated user role (allow or not)
9586 * @param type $status true to allow, false to not set
9588 private function set_protocol_cap($status) {
9590 if ($status and !$this->is_protocol_cap_allowed()) {
9591 //need to allow the cap
9592 $permission = CAP_ALLOW
;
9594 } else if (!$status and $this->is_protocol_cap_allowed()){
9595 //need to disallow the cap
9596 $permission = CAP_INHERIT
;
9599 if (!empty($assign)) {
9600 $systemcontext = context_system
::instance();
9601 assign_capability('webservice/rest:use', $permission, $CFG->defaultuserroleid
, $systemcontext->id
, true);
9606 * Builds XHTML to display the control.
9607 * The main purpose of this overloading is to display a warning when https
9608 * is not supported by the server
9609 * @param string $data Unused
9610 * @param string $query
9611 * @return string XHTML
9613 public function output_html($data, $query='') {
9615 $html = parent
::output_html($data, $query);
9617 if ((string)$data === $this->yes
) {
9618 $notifications = tool_mobile\api
::get_potential_config_issues(); // Safe to call, plugin available if we reach here.
9619 foreach ($notifications as $notification) {
9620 $message = get_string($notification[0], $notification[1]);
9621 $html .= $OUTPUT->notification($message, \core\output\notification
::NOTIFY_WARNING
);
9629 * Retrieves the current setting using the objects name
9633 public function get_setting() {
9636 // First check if is not set.
9637 $result = $this->config_read($this->name
);
9638 if (is_null($result)) {
9642 // For install cli script, $CFG->defaultuserroleid is not set so return 0
9643 // Or if web services aren't enabled this can't be,
9644 if (empty($CFG->defaultuserroleid
) ||
empty($CFG->enablewebservices
)) {
9648 require_once($CFG->dirroot
. '/webservice/lib.php');
9649 $webservicemanager = new webservice();
9650 $mobileservice = $webservicemanager->get_external_service_by_shortname(MOODLE_OFFICIAL_MOBILE_SERVICE
);
9651 if ($mobileservice->enabled
and $this->is_protocol_cap_allowed()) {
9659 * Save the selected setting
9661 * @param string $data The selected site
9662 * @return string empty string or error message
9664 public function write_setting($data) {
9667 //for install cli script, $CFG->defaultuserroleid is not set so do nothing
9668 if (empty($CFG->defaultuserroleid
)) {
9672 $servicename = MOODLE_OFFICIAL_MOBILE_SERVICE
;
9674 require_once($CFG->dirroot
. '/webservice/lib.php');
9675 $webservicemanager = new webservice();
9677 $updateprotocol = false;
9678 if ((string)$data === $this->yes
) {
9679 //code run when enable mobile web service
9680 //enable web service systeme if necessary
9681 set_config('enablewebservices', true);
9683 //enable mobile service
9684 $mobileservice = $webservicemanager->get_external_service_by_shortname(MOODLE_OFFICIAL_MOBILE_SERVICE
);
9685 $mobileservice->enabled
= 1;
9686 $webservicemanager->update_external_service($mobileservice);
9688 // Enable REST server.
9689 $activeprotocols = empty($CFG->webserviceprotocols
) ?
array() : explode(',', $CFG->webserviceprotocols
);
9691 if (!in_array('rest', $activeprotocols)) {
9692 $activeprotocols[] = 'rest';
9693 $updateprotocol = true;
9696 if ($updateprotocol) {
9697 set_config('webserviceprotocols', implode(',', $activeprotocols));
9700 // Allow rest:use capability for authenticated user.
9701 $this->set_protocol_cap(true);
9704 //disable web service system if no other services are enabled
9705 $otherenabledservices = $DB->get_records_select('external_services',
9706 'enabled = :enabled AND (shortname != :shortname OR shortname IS NULL)', array('enabled' => 1,
9707 'shortname' => MOODLE_OFFICIAL_MOBILE_SERVICE
));
9708 if (empty($otherenabledservices)) {
9709 set_config('enablewebservices', false);
9711 // Also disable REST server.
9712 $activeprotocols = empty($CFG->webserviceprotocols
) ?
array() : explode(',', $CFG->webserviceprotocols
);
9714 $protocolkey = array_search('rest', $activeprotocols);
9715 if ($protocolkey !== false) {
9716 unset($activeprotocols[$protocolkey]);
9717 $updateprotocol = true;
9720 if ($updateprotocol) {
9721 set_config('webserviceprotocols', implode(',', $activeprotocols));
9724 // Disallow rest:use capability for authenticated user.
9725 $this->set_protocol_cap(false);
9728 //disable the mobile service
9729 $mobileservice = $webservicemanager->get_external_service_by_shortname(MOODLE_OFFICIAL_MOBILE_SERVICE
);
9730 $mobileservice->enabled
= 0;
9731 $webservicemanager->update_external_service($mobileservice);
9734 return (parent
::write_setting($data));
9739 * Special class for management of external services
9741 * @author Petr Skoda (skodak)
9743 class admin_setting_manageexternalservices
extends admin_setting
{
9745 * Calls parent::__construct with specific arguments
9747 public function __construct() {
9748 $this->nosave
= true;
9749 parent
::__construct('webservicesui', get_string('externalservices', 'webservice'), '', '');
9753 * Always returns true, does nothing
9757 public function get_setting() {
9762 * Always returns true, does nothing
9766 public function get_defaultsetting() {
9771 * Always returns '', does not write anything
9773 * @return string Always returns ''
9775 public function write_setting($data) {
9776 // do not write any setting
9781 * Checks if $query is one of the available external services
9783 * @param string $query The string to search for
9784 * @return bool Returns true if found, false if not
9786 public function is_related($query) {
9789 if (parent
::is_related($query)) {
9793 $services = $DB->get_records('external_services', array(), 'id, name');
9794 foreach ($services as $service) {
9795 if (strpos(core_text
::strtolower($service->name
), $query) !== false) {
9803 * Builds the XHTML to display the control
9805 * @param string $data Unused
9806 * @param string $query
9809 public function output_html($data, $query='') {
9810 global $CFG, $OUTPUT, $DB;
9813 $stradministration = get_string('administration');
9814 $stredit = get_string('edit');
9815 $strservice = get_string('externalservice', 'webservice');
9816 $strdelete = get_string('delete');
9817 $strplugin = get_string('plugin', 'admin');
9818 $stradd = get_string('add');
9819 $strfunctions = get_string('functions', 'webservice');
9820 $strusers = get_string('users');
9821 $strserviceusers = get_string('serviceusers', 'webservice');
9823 $esurl = "$CFG->wwwroot/$CFG->admin/webservice/service.php";
9824 $efurl = "$CFG->wwwroot/$CFG->admin/webservice/service_functions.php";
9825 $euurl = "$CFG->wwwroot/$CFG->admin/webservice/service_users.php";
9827 // built in services
9828 $services = $DB->get_records_select('external_services', 'component IS NOT NULL', null, 'name');
9830 if (!empty($services)) {
9831 $return .= $OUTPUT->heading(get_string('servicesbuiltin', 'webservice'), 3, 'main');
9835 $table = new html_table();
9836 $table->head
= array($strservice, $strplugin, $strfunctions, $strusers, $stredit);
9837 $table->colclasses
= array('leftalign service', 'leftalign plugin', 'centeralign functions', 'centeralign users', 'centeralign ');
9838 $table->id
= 'builtinservices';
9839 $table->attributes
['class'] = 'admintable externalservices generaltable';
9840 $table->data
= array();
9842 // iterate through auth plugins and add to the display table
9843 foreach ($services as $service) {
9844 $name = $service->name
;
9847 if ($service->enabled
) {
9848 $displayname = "<span>$name</span>";
9850 $displayname = "<span class=\"dimmed_text\">$name</span>";
9853 $plugin = $service->component
;
9855 $functions = "<a href=\"$efurl?id=$service->id\">$strfunctions</a>";
9857 if ($service->restrictedusers
) {
9858 $users = "<a href=\"$euurl?id=$service->id\">$strserviceusers</a>";
9860 $users = get_string('allusers', 'webservice');
9863 $edit = "<a href=\"$esurl?id=$service->id\">$stredit</a>";
9865 // add a row to the table
9866 $table->data
[] = array($displayname, $plugin, $functions, $users, $edit);
9868 $return .= html_writer
::table($table);
9872 $return .= $OUTPUT->heading(get_string('servicescustom', 'webservice'), 3, 'main');
9873 $services = $DB->get_records_select('external_services', 'component IS NULL', null, 'name');
9875 $table = new html_table();
9876 $table->head
= array($strservice, $strdelete, $strfunctions, $strusers, $stredit);
9877 $table->colclasses
= array('leftalign service', 'leftalign plugin', 'centeralign functions', 'centeralign users', 'centeralign ');
9878 $table->id
= 'customservices';
9879 $table->attributes
['class'] = 'admintable externalservices generaltable';
9880 $table->data
= array();
9882 // iterate through auth plugins and add to the display table
9883 foreach ($services as $service) {
9884 $name = $service->name
;
9887 if ($service->enabled
) {
9888 $displayname = "<span>$name</span>";
9890 $displayname = "<span class=\"dimmed_text\">$name</span>";
9894 $delete = "<a href=\"$esurl?action=delete&sesskey=".sesskey()."&id=$service->id\">$strdelete</a>";
9896 $functions = "<a href=\"$efurl?id=$service->id\">$strfunctions</a>";
9898 if ($service->restrictedusers
) {
9899 $users = "<a href=\"$euurl?id=$service->id\">$strserviceusers</a>";
9901 $users = get_string('allusers', 'webservice');
9904 $edit = "<a href=\"$esurl?id=$service->id\">$stredit</a>";
9906 // add a row to the table
9907 $table->data
[] = array($displayname, $delete, $functions, $users, $edit);
9909 // add new custom service option
9910 $return .= html_writer
::table($table);
9912 $return .= '<br />';
9913 // add a token to the table
9914 $return .= "<a href=\"$esurl?id=0\">$stradd</a>";
9916 return highlight($query, $return);
9921 * Special class for overview of external services
9923 * @author Jerome Mouneyrac
9925 class admin_setting_webservicesoverview
extends admin_setting
{
9928 * Calls parent::__construct with specific arguments
9930 public function __construct() {
9931 $this->nosave
= true;
9932 parent
::__construct('webservicesoverviewui',
9933 get_string('webservicesoverview', 'webservice'), '', '');
9937 * Always returns true, does nothing
9941 public function get_setting() {
9946 * Always returns true, does nothing
9950 public function get_defaultsetting() {
9955 * Always returns '', does not write anything
9957 * @return string Always returns ''
9959 public function write_setting($data) {
9960 // do not write any setting
9965 * Builds the XHTML to display the control
9967 * @param string $data Unused
9968 * @param string $query
9971 public function output_html($data, $query='') {
9972 global $CFG, $OUTPUT;
9975 $brtag = html_writer
::empty_tag('br');
9977 /// One system controlling Moodle with Token
9978 $return .= $OUTPUT->heading(get_string('onesystemcontrolling', 'webservice'), 3, 'main');
9979 $table = new html_table();
9980 $table->head
= array(get_string('step', 'webservice'), get_string('status'),
9981 get_string('description'));
9982 $table->colclasses
= array('leftalign step', 'leftalign status', 'leftalign description');
9983 $table->id
= 'onesystemcontrol';
9984 $table->attributes
['class'] = 'admintable wsoverview generaltable';
9985 $table->data
= array();
9987 $return .= $brtag . get_string('onesystemcontrollingdescription', 'webservice')
9990 /// 1. Enable Web Services
9992 $url = new moodle_url("/admin/search.php?query=enablewebservices");
9993 $row[0] = "1. " . html_writer
::tag('a', get_string('enablews', 'webservice'),
9994 array('href' => $url));
9995 $status = html_writer
::tag('span', get_string('no'), array('class' => 'badge badge-danger'));
9996 if ($CFG->enablewebservices
) {
9997 $status = get_string('yes');
10000 $row[2] = get_string('enablewsdescription', 'webservice');
10001 $table->data
[] = $row;
10003 /// 2. Enable protocols
10005 $url = new moodle_url("/admin/settings.php?section=webserviceprotocols");
10006 $row[0] = "2. " . html_writer
::tag('a', get_string('enableprotocols', 'webservice'),
10007 array('href' => $url));
10008 $status = html_writer
::tag('span', get_string('none'), array('class' => 'badge badge-danger'));
10009 //retrieve activated protocol
10010 $active_protocols = empty($CFG->webserviceprotocols
) ?
10011 array() : explode(',', $CFG->webserviceprotocols
);
10012 if (!empty($active_protocols)) {
10014 foreach ($active_protocols as $protocol) {
10015 $status .= $protocol . $brtag;
10019 $row[2] = get_string('enableprotocolsdescription', 'webservice');
10020 $table->data
[] = $row;
10022 /// 3. Create user account
10024 $url = new moodle_url("/user/editadvanced.php?id=-1");
10025 $row[0] = "3. " . html_writer
::tag('a', get_string('createuser', 'webservice'),
10026 array('href' => $url));
10028 $row[2] = get_string('createuserdescription', 'webservice');
10029 $table->data
[] = $row;
10031 /// 4. Add capability to users
10033 $url = new moodle_url("/admin/roles/check.php?contextid=1");
10034 $row[0] = "4. " . html_writer
::tag('a', get_string('checkusercapability', 'webservice'),
10035 array('href' => $url));
10037 $row[2] = get_string('checkusercapabilitydescription', 'webservice');
10038 $table->data
[] = $row;
10040 /// 5. Select a web service
10042 $url = new moodle_url("/admin/settings.php?section=externalservices");
10043 $row[0] = "5. " . html_writer
::tag('a', get_string('selectservice', 'webservice'),
10044 array('href' => $url));
10046 $row[2] = get_string('createservicedescription', 'webservice');
10047 $table->data
[] = $row;
10049 /// 6. Add functions
10051 $url = new moodle_url("/admin/settings.php?section=externalservices");
10052 $row[0] = "6. " . html_writer
::tag('a', get_string('addfunctions', 'webservice'),
10053 array('href' => $url));
10055 $row[2] = get_string('addfunctionsdescription', 'webservice');
10056 $table->data
[] = $row;
10058 /// 7. Add the specific user
10060 $url = new moodle_url("/admin/settings.php?section=externalservices");
10061 $row[0] = "7. " . html_writer
::tag('a', get_string('selectspecificuser', 'webservice'),
10062 array('href' => $url));
10064 $row[2] = get_string('selectspecificuserdescription', 'webservice');
10065 $table->data
[] = $row;
10067 /// 8. Create token for the specific user
10069 $url = new moodle_url("/admin/webservice/tokens.php?sesskey=" . sesskey() . "&action=create");
10070 $row[0] = "8. " . html_writer
::tag('a', get_string('createtokenforuser', 'webservice'),
10071 array('href' => $url));
10073 $row[2] = get_string('createtokenforuserdescription', 'webservice');
10074 $table->data
[] = $row;
10076 /// 9. Enable the documentation
10078 $url = new moodle_url("/admin/search.php?query=enablewsdocumentation");
10079 $row[0] = "9. " . html_writer
::tag('a', get_string('enabledocumentation', 'webservice'),
10080 array('href' => $url));
10081 $status = '<span class="warning">' . get_string('no') . '</span>';
10082 if ($CFG->enablewsdocumentation
) {
10083 $status = get_string('yes');
10086 $row[2] = get_string('enabledocumentationdescription', 'webservice');
10087 $table->data
[] = $row;
10089 /// 10. Test the service
10091 $url = new moodle_url("/admin/webservice/testclient.php");
10092 $row[0] = "10. " . html_writer
::tag('a', get_string('testwithtestclient', 'webservice'),
10093 array('href' => $url));
10095 $row[2] = get_string('testwithtestclientdescription', 'webservice');
10096 $table->data
[] = $row;
10098 $return .= html_writer
::table($table);
10100 /// Users as clients with token
10101 $return .= $brtag . $brtag . $brtag;
10102 $return .= $OUTPUT->heading(get_string('userasclients', 'webservice'), 3, 'main');
10103 $table = new html_table();
10104 $table->head
= array(get_string('step', 'webservice'), get_string('status'),
10105 get_string('description'));
10106 $table->colclasses
= array('leftalign step', 'leftalign status', 'leftalign description');
10107 $table->id
= 'userasclients';
10108 $table->attributes
['class'] = 'admintable wsoverview generaltable';
10109 $table->data
= array();
10111 $return .= $brtag . get_string('userasclientsdescription', 'webservice') .
10114 /// 1. Enable Web Services
10116 $url = new moodle_url("/admin/search.php?query=enablewebservices");
10117 $row[0] = "1. " . html_writer
::tag('a', get_string('enablews', 'webservice'),
10118 array('href' => $url));
10119 $status = html_writer
::tag('span', get_string('no'), array('class' => 'badge badge-danger'));
10120 if ($CFG->enablewebservices
) {
10121 $status = get_string('yes');
10124 $row[2] = get_string('enablewsdescription', 'webservice');
10125 $table->data
[] = $row;
10127 /// 2. Enable protocols
10129 $url = new moodle_url("/admin/settings.php?section=webserviceprotocols");
10130 $row[0] = "2. " . html_writer
::tag('a', get_string('enableprotocols', 'webservice'),
10131 array('href' => $url));
10132 $status = html_writer
::tag('span', get_string('none'), array('class' => 'badge badge-danger'));
10133 //retrieve activated protocol
10134 $active_protocols = empty($CFG->webserviceprotocols
) ?
10135 array() : explode(',', $CFG->webserviceprotocols
);
10136 if (!empty($active_protocols)) {
10138 foreach ($active_protocols as $protocol) {
10139 $status .= $protocol . $brtag;
10143 $row[2] = get_string('enableprotocolsdescription', 'webservice');
10144 $table->data
[] = $row;
10147 /// 3. Select a web service
10149 $url = new moodle_url("/admin/settings.php?section=externalservices");
10150 $row[0] = "3. " . html_writer
::tag('a', get_string('selectservice', 'webservice'),
10151 array('href' => $url));
10153 $row[2] = get_string('createserviceforusersdescription', 'webservice');
10154 $table->data
[] = $row;
10156 /// 4. Add functions
10158 $url = new moodle_url("/admin/settings.php?section=externalservices");
10159 $row[0] = "4. " . html_writer
::tag('a', get_string('addfunctions', 'webservice'),
10160 array('href' => $url));
10162 $row[2] = get_string('addfunctionsdescription', 'webservice');
10163 $table->data
[] = $row;
10165 /// 5. Add capability to users
10167 $url = new moodle_url("/admin/roles/check.php?contextid=1");
10168 $row[0] = "5. " . html_writer
::tag('a', get_string('addcapabilitytousers', 'webservice'),
10169 array('href' => $url));
10171 $row[2] = get_string('addcapabilitytousersdescription', 'webservice');
10172 $table->data
[] = $row;
10174 /// 6. Test the service
10176 $url = new moodle_url("/admin/webservice/testclient.php");
10177 $row[0] = "6. " . html_writer
::tag('a', get_string('testwithtestclient', 'webservice'),
10178 array('href' => $url));
10180 $row[2] = get_string('testauserwithtestclientdescription', 'webservice');
10181 $table->data
[] = $row;
10183 $return .= html_writer
::table($table);
10185 return highlight($query, $return);
10192 * Special class for web service protocol administration.
10194 * @author Petr Skoda (skodak)
10196 class admin_setting_managewebserviceprotocols
extends admin_setting
{
10199 * Calls parent::__construct with specific arguments
10201 public function __construct() {
10202 $this->nosave
= true;
10203 parent
::__construct('webservicesui', get_string('manageprotocols', 'webservice'), '', '');
10207 * Always returns true, does nothing
10211 public function get_setting() {
10216 * Always returns true, does nothing
10220 public function get_defaultsetting() {
10225 * Always returns '', does not write anything
10227 * @return string Always returns ''
10229 public function write_setting($data) {
10230 // do not write any setting
10235 * Checks if $query is one of the available webservices
10237 * @param string $query The string to search for
10238 * @return bool Returns true if found, false if not
10240 public function is_related($query) {
10241 if (parent
::is_related($query)) {
10245 $protocols = core_component
::get_plugin_list('webservice');
10246 foreach ($protocols as $protocol=>$location) {
10247 if (strpos($protocol, $query) !== false) {
10250 $protocolstr = get_string('pluginname', 'webservice_'.$protocol);
10251 if (strpos(core_text
::strtolower($protocolstr), $query) !== false) {
10259 * Builds the XHTML to display the control
10261 * @param string $data Unused
10262 * @param string $query
10265 public function output_html($data, $query='') {
10266 global $CFG, $OUTPUT;
10269 $stradministration = get_string('administration');
10270 $strsettings = get_string('settings');
10271 $stredit = get_string('edit');
10272 $strprotocol = get_string('protocol', 'webservice');
10273 $strenable = get_string('enable');
10274 $strdisable = get_string('disable');
10275 $strversion = get_string('version');
10277 $protocols_available = core_component
::get_plugin_list('webservice');
10278 $active_protocols = empty($CFG->webserviceprotocols
) ?
array() : explode(',', $CFG->webserviceprotocols
);
10279 ksort($protocols_available);
10281 foreach ($active_protocols as $key=>$protocol) {
10282 if (empty($protocols_available[$protocol])) {
10283 unset($active_protocols[$key]);
10287 $return = $OUTPUT->heading(get_string('actwebserviceshhdr', 'webservice'), 3, 'main');
10288 $return .= $OUTPUT->box_start('generalbox webservicesui');
10290 $table = new html_table();
10291 $table->head
= array($strprotocol, $strversion, $strenable, $strsettings);
10292 $table->colclasses
= array('leftalign', 'centeralign', 'centeralign', 'centeralign', 'centeralign');
10293 $table->id
= 'webserviceprotocols';
10294 $table->attributes
['class'] = 'admintable generaltable';
10295 $table->data
= array();
10297 // iterate through auth plugins and add to the display table
10298 $url = "$CFG->wwwroot/$CFG->admin/webservice/protocols.php?sesskey=" . sesskey();
10299 foreach ($protocols_available as $protocol => $location) {
10300 $name = get_string('pluginname', 'webservice_'.$protocol);
10302 $plugin = new stdClass();
10303 if (file_exists($CFG->dirroot
.'/webservice/'.$protocol.'/version.php')) {
10304 include($CFG->dirroot
.'/webservice/'.$protocol.'/version.php');
10306 $version = isset($plugin->version
) ?
$plugin->version
: '';
10309 if (in_array($protocol, $active_protocols)) {
10310 $hideshow = "<a href=\"$url&action=disable&webservice=$protocol\">";
10311 $hideshow .= $OUTPUT->pix_icon('t/hide', $strdisable) . '</a>';
10312 $displayname = "<span>$name</span>";
10314 $hideshow = "<a href=\"$url&action=enable&webservice=$protocol\">";
10315 $hideshow .= $OUTPUT->pix_icon('t/show', $strenable) . '</a>';
10316 $displayname = "<span class=\"dimmed_text\">$name</span>";
10320 if (file_exists($CFG->dirroot
.'/webservice/'.$protocol.'/settings.php')) {
10321 $settings = "<a href=\"settings.php?section=webservicesetting$protocol\">$strsettings</a>";
10326 // add a row to the table
10327 $table->data
[] = array($displayname, $version, $hideshow, $settings);
10329 $return .= html_writer
::table($table);
10330 $return .= get_string('configwebserviceplugins', 'webservice');
10331 $return .= $OUTPUT->box_end();
10333 return highlight($query, $return);
10339 * Special class for web service token administration.
10341 * @author Jerome Mouneyrac
10343 class admin_setting_managewebservicetokens
extends admin_setting
{
10346 * Calls parent::__construct with specific arguments
10348 public function __construct() {
10349 $this->nosave
= true;
10350 parent
::__construct('webservicestokenui', get_string('managetokens', 'webservice'), '', '');
10354 * Always returns true, does nothing
10358 public function get_setting() {
10363 * Always returns true, does nothing
10367 public function get_defaultsetting() {
10372 * Always returns '', does not write anything
10374 * @return string Always returns ''
10376 public function write_setting($data) {
10377 // do not write any setting
10382 * Builds the XHTML to display the control
10384 * @param string $data Unused
10385 * @param string $query
10388 public function output_html($data, $query='') {
10389 global $CFG, $OUTPUT;
10391 require_once($CFG->dirroot
. '/webservice/classes/token_table.php');
10392 $baseurl = new moodle_url('/' . $CFG->admin
. '/settings.php?section=webservicetokens');
10394 $return = $OUTPUT->box_start('generalbox webservicestokenui');
10396 if (has_capability('moodle/webservice:managealltokens', context_system
::instance())) {
10397 $return .= \html_writer
::div(get_string('onlyseecreatedtokens', 'webservice'));
10400 $table = new \webservice\token_table
('webservicetokens');
10401 $table->define_baseurl($baseurl);
10402 $table->attributes
['class'] = 'admintable generaltable'; // Any need changing?
10403 $table->data
= array();
10405 $table->out(10, false);
10406 $tablehtml = ob_get_contents();
10408 $return .= $tablehtml;
10410 $tokenpageurl = "$CFG->wwwroot/$CFG->admin/webservice/tokens.php?sesskey=" . sesskey();
10412 $return .= $OUTPUT->box_end();
10413 // add a token to the table
10414 $return .= "<a href=\"".$tokenpageurl."&action=create\">";
10415 $return .= get_string('add')."</a>";
10417 return highlight($query, $return);
10425 * @copyright 2010 Sam Hemelryk
10426 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
10428 class admin_setting_configcolourpicker
extends admin_setting
{
10431 * Information for previewing the colour
10435 protected $previewconfig = null;
10438 * Use default when empty.
10440 protected $usedefaultwhenempty = true;
10444 * @param string $name
10445 * @param string $visiblename
10446 * @param string $description
10447 * @param string $defaultsetting
10448 * @param array $previewconfig Array('selector'=>'.some .css .selector','style'=>'backgroundColor');
10450 public function __construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting, array $previewconfig = null,
10451 $usedefaultwhenempty = true) {
10452 $this->previewconfig
= $previewconfig;
10453 $this->usedefaultwhenempty
= $usedefaultwhenempty;
10454 parent
::__construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting);
10455 $this->set_force_ltr(true);
10459 * Return the setting
10461 * @return mixed returns config if successful else null
10463 public function get_setting() {
10464 return $this->config_read($this->name
);
10468 * Saves the setting
10470 * @param string $data
10473 public function write_setting($data) {
10474 $data = $this->validate($data);
10475 if ($data === false) {
10476 return get_string('validateerror', 'admin');
10478 return ($this->config_write($this->name
, $data) ?
'' : get_string('errorsetting', 'admin'));
10482 * Validates the colour that was entered by the user
10484 * @param string $data
10485 * @return string|false
10487 protected function validate($data) {
10489 * List of valid HTML colour names
10493 $colornames = array(
10494 'aliceblue', 'antiquewhite', 'aqua', 'aquamarine', 'azure',
10495 'beige', 'bisque', 'black', 'blanchedalmond', 'blue',
10496 'blueviolet', 'brown', 'burlywood', 'cadetblue', 'chartreuse',
10497 'chocolate', 'coral', 'cornflowerblue', 'cornsilk', 'crimson',
10498 'cyan', 'darkblue', 'darkcyan', 'darkgoldenrod', 'darkgray',
10499 'darkgrey', 'darkgreen', 'darkkhaki', 'darkmagenta',
10500 'darkolivegreen', 'darkorange', 'darkorchid', 'darkred',
10501 'darksalmon', 'darkseagreen', 'darkslateblue', 'darkslategray',
10502 'darkslategrey', 'darkturquoise', 'darkviolet', 'deeppink',
10503 'deepskyblue', 'dimgray', 'dimgrey', 'dodgerblue', 'firebrick',
10504 'floralwhite', 'forestgreen', 'fuchsia', 'gainsboro',
10505 'ghostwhite', 'gold', 'goldenrod', 'gray', 'grey', 'green',
10506 'greenyellow', 'honeydew', 'hotpink', 'indianred', 'indigo',
10507 'ivory', 'khaki', 'lavender', 'lavenderblush', 'lawngreen',
10508 'lemonchiffon', 'lightblue', 'lightcoral', 'lightcyan',
10509 'lightgoldenrodyellow', 'lightgray', 'lightgrey', 'lightgreen',
10510 'lightpink', 'lightsalmon', 'lightseagreen', 'lightskyblue',
10511 'lightslategray', 'lightslategrey', 'lightsteelblue', 'lightyellow',
10512 'lime', 'limegreen', 'linen', 'magenta', 'maroon',
10513 'mediumaquamarine', 'mediumblue', 'mediumorchid', 'mediumpurple',
10514 'mediumseagreen', 'mediumslateblue', 'mediumspringgreen',
10515 'mediumturquoise', 'mediumvioletred', 'midnightblue', 'mintcream',
10516 'mistyrose', 'moccasin', 'navajowhite', 'navy', 'oldlace', 'olive',
10517 'olivedrab', 'orange', 'orangered', 'orchid', 'palegoldenrod',
10518 'palegreen', 'paleturquoise', 'palevioletred', 'papayawhip',
10519 'peachpuff', 'peru', 'pink', 'plum', 'powderblue', 'purple', 'red',
10520 'rosybrown', 'royalblue', 'saddlebrown', 'salmon', 'sandybrown',
10521 'seagreen', 'seashell', 'sienna', 'silver', 'skyblue', 'slateblue',
10522 'slategray', 'slategrey', 'snow', 'springgreen', 'steelblue', 'tan',
10523 'teal', 'thistle', 'tomato', 'turquoise', 'violet', 'wheat', 'white',
10524 'whitesmoke', 'yellow', 'yellowgreen'
10527 if (preg_match('/^#?([[:xdigit:]]{3}){1,2}$/', $data)) {
10528 if (strpos($data, '#')!==0) {
10532 } else if (in_array(strtolower($data), $colornames)) {
10534 } else if (preg_match('/rgb\(\d{0,3}%?\, ?\d{0,3}%?, ?\d{0,3}%?\)/i', $data)) {
10536 } else if (preg_match('/rgba\(\d{0,3}%?\, ?\d{0,3}%?, ?\d{0,3}%?\, ?\d(\.\d)?\)/i', $data)) {
10538 } else if (preg_match('/hsl\(\d{0,3}\, ?\d{0,3}%, ?\d{0,3}%\)/i', $data)) {
10540 } else if (preg_match('/hsla\(\d{0,3}\, ?\d{0,3}%,\d{0,3}%\, ?\d(\.\d)?\)/i', $data)) {
10542 } else if (($data == 'transparent') ||
($data == 'currentColor') ||
($data == 'inherit')) {
10544 } else if (empty($data)) {
10545 if ($this->usedefaultwhenempty
){
10546 return $this->defaultsetting
;
10556 * Generates the HTML for the setting
10558 * @global moodle_page $PAGE
10559 * @global core_renderer $OUTPUT
10560 * @param string $data
10561 * @param string $query
10563 public function output_html($data, $query = '') {
10564 global $PAGE, $OUTPUT;
10566 $icon = new pix_icon('i/loading', get_string('loading', 'admin'), 'moodle', ['class' => 'loadingicon']);
10567 $context = (object) [
10568 'id' => $this->get_id(),
10569 'name' => $this->get_full_name(),
10571 'icon' => $icon->export_for_template($OUTPUT),
10572 'haspreviewconfig' => !empty($this->previewconfig
),
10573 'forceltr' => $this->get_force_ltr(),
10574 'readonly' => $this->is_readonly(),
10577 $element = $OUTPUT->render_from_template('core_admin/setting_configcolourpicker', $context);
10578 $PAGE->requires
->js_init_call('M.util.init_colour_picker', array($this->get_id(), $this->previewconfig
));
10580 return format_admin_setting($this, $this->visiblename
, $element, $this->description
, true, '',
10581 $this->get_defaultsetting(), $query);
10588 * Class used for uploading of one file into file storage,
10589 * the file name is stored in config table.
10591 * Please note you need to implement your own '_pluginfile' callback function,
10592 * this setting only stores the file, it does not deal with file serving.
10594 * @copyright 2013 Petr Skoda {@link http://skodak.org}
10595 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
10597 class admin_setting_configstoredfile
extends admin_setting
{
10598 /** @var array file area options - should be one file only */
10599 protected $options;
10600 /** @var string name of the file area */
10601 protected $filearea;
10602 /** @var int intemid */
10604 /** @var string used for detection of changes */
10605 protected $oldhashes;
10608 * Create new stored file setting.
10610 * @param string $name low level setting name
10611 * @param string $visiblename human readable setting name
10612 * @param string $description description of setting
10613 * @param mixed $filearea file area for file storage
10614 * @param int $itemid itemid for file storage
10615 * @param array $options file area options
10617 public function __construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $filearea, $itemid = 0, array $options = null) {
10618 parent
::__construct($name, $visiblename, $description, '');
10619 $this->filearea
= $filearea;
10620 $this->itemid
= $itemid;
10621 $this->options
= (array)$options;
10622 $this->customcontrol
= true;
10626 * Applies defaults and returns all options.
10629 protected function get_options() {
10632 require_once("$CFG->libdir/filelib.php");
10633 require_once("$CFG->dirroot/repository/lib.php");
10635 'mainfile' => '', 'subdirs' => 0, 'maxbytes' => -1, 'maxfiles' => 1,
10636 'accepted_types' => '*', 'return_types' => FILE_INTERNAL
, 'areamaxbytes' => FILE_AREA_MAX_BYTES_UNLIMITED
,
10637 'context' => context_system
::instance());
10638 foreach($this->options
as $k => $v) {
10639 $defaults[$k] = $v;
10645 public function get_setting() {
10646 return $this->config_read($this->name
);
10649 public function write_setting($data) {
10652 // Let's not deal with validation here, this is for admins only.
10653 $current = $this->get_setting();
10654 if (empty($data) && $current === null) {
10655 // This will be the case when applying default settings (installation).
10656 return ($this->config_write($this->name
, '') ?
'' : get_string('errorsetting', 'admin'));
10657 } else if (!is_number($data)) {
10658 // Draft item id is expected here!
10659 return get_string('errorsetting', 'admin');
10662 $options = $this->get_options();
10663 $fs = get_file_storage();
10664 $component = is_null($this->plugin
) ?
'core' : $this->plugin
;
10666 $this->oldhashes
= null;
10668 $hash = sha1('/'.$options['context']->id
.'/'.$component.'/'.$this->filearea
.'/'.$this->itemid
.$current);
10669 if ($file = $fs->get_file_by_hash($hash)) {
10670 $this->oldhashes
= $file->get_contenthash().$file->get_pathnamehash();
10675 if ($fs->file_exists($options['context']->id
, $component, $this->filearea
, $this->itemid
, '/', '.')) {
10676 // Make sure the settings form was not open for more than 4 days and draft areas deleted in the meantime.
10677 // But we can safely ignore that if the destination area is empty, so that the user is not prompt
10678 // with an error because the draft area does not exist, as he did not use it.
10679 $usercontext = context_user
::instance($USER->id
);
10680 if (!$fs->file_exists($usercontext->id
, 'user', 'draft', $data, '/', '.') && $current !== '') {
10681 return get_string('errorsetting', 'admin');
10685 file_save_draft_area_files($data, $options['context']->id
, $component, $this->filearea
, $this->itemid
, $options);
10686 $files = $fs->get_area_files($options['context']->id
, $component, $this->filearea
, $this->itemid
, 'sortorder,filepath,filename', false);
10690 /** @var stored_file $file */
10691 $file = reset($files);
10692 $filepath = $file->get_filepath().$file->get_filename();
10695 return ($this->config_write($this->name
, $filepath) ?
'' : get_string('errorsetting', 'admin'));
10698 public function post_write_settings($original) {
10699 $options = $this->get_options();
10700 $fs = get_file_storage();
10701 $component = is_null($this->plugin
) ?
'core' : $this->plugin
;
10703 $current = $this->get_setting();
10706 $hash = sha1('/'.$options['context']->id
.'/'.$component.'/'.$this->filearea
.'/'.$this->itemid
.$current);
10707 if ($file = $fs->get_file_by_hash($hash)) {
10708 $newhashes = $file->get_contenthash().$file->get_pathnamehash();
10713 if ($this->oldhashes
=== $newhashes) {
10714 $this->oldhashes
= null;
10717 $this->oldhashes
= null;
10719 $callbackfunction = $this->updatedcallback
;
10720 if (!empty($callbackfunction) and function_exists($callbackfunction)) {
10721 $callbackfunction($this->get_full_name());
10726 public function output_html($data, $query = '') {
10727 global $PAGE, $CFG;
10729 $options = $this->get_options();
10730 $id = $this->get_id();
10731 $elname = $this->get_full_name();
10732 $draftitemid = file_get_submitted_draft_itemid($elname);
10733 $component = is_null($this->plugin
) ?
'core' : $this->plugin
;
10734 file_prepare_draft_area($draftitemid, $options['context']->id
, $component, $this->filearea
, $this->itemid
, $options);
10736 // Filemanager form element implementation is far from optimal, we need to rework this if we ever fix it...
10737 require_once("$CFG->dirroot/lib/form/filemanager.php");
10739 $fmoptions = new stdClass();
10740 $fmoptions->mainfile
= $options['mainfile'];
10741 $fmoptions->maxbytes
= $options['maxbytes'];
10742 $fmoptions->maxfiles
= $options['maxfiles'];
10743 $fmoptions->client_id
= uniqid();
10744 $fmoptions->itemid
= $draftitemid;
10745 $fmoptions->subdirs
= $options['subdirs'];
10746 $fmoptions->target
= $id;
10747 $fmoptions->accepted_types
= $options['accepted_types'];
10748 $fmoptions->return_types
= $options['return_types'];
10749 $fmoptions->context
= $options['context'];
10750 $fmoptions->areamaxbytes
= $options['areamaxbytes'];
10752 $fm = new form_filemanager($fmoptions);
10753 $output = $PAGE->get_renderer('core', 'files');
10754 $html = $output->render($fm);
10756 $html .= '<input value="'.$draftitemid.'" name="'.$elname.'" type="hidden" />';
10757 $html .= '<input value="" id="'.$id.'" type="hidden" />';
10759 return format_admin_setting($this, $this->visiblename
,
10760 '<div class="form-filemanager" data-fieldtype="filemanager">'.$html.'</div>',
10761 $this->description
, true, '', '', $query);
10767 * Administration interface for user specified regular expressions for device detection.
10769 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
10771 class admin_setting_devicedetectregex
extends admin_setting
{
10774 * Calls parent::__construct with specific args
10776 * @param string $name
10777 * @param string $visiblename
10778 * @param string $description
10779 * @param mixed $defaultsetting
10781 public function __construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting = '') {
10783 parent
::__construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting);
10787 * Return the current setting(s)
10789 * @return array Current settings array
10791 public function get_setting() {
10794 $config = $this->config_read($this->name
);
10795 if (is_null($config)) {
10799 return $this->prepare_form_data($config);
10803 * Save selected settings
10805 * @param array $data Array of settings to save
10808 public function write_setting($data) {
10809 if (empty($data)) {
10813 if ($this->config_write($this->name
, $this->process_form_data($data))) {
10814 return ''; // success
10816 return get_string('errorsetting', 'admin') . $this->visiblename
. html_writer
::empty_tag('br');
10821 * Return XHTML field(s) for regexes
10823 * @param array $data Array of options to set in HTML
10824 * @return string XHTML string for the fields and wrapping div(s)
10826 public function output_html($data, $query='') {
10829 $context = (object) [
10830 'expressions' => [],
10831 'name' => $this->get_full_name()
10834 if (empty($data)) {
10837 $looplimit = (count($data)/2)+
1;
10840 for ($i=0; $i<$looplimit; $i++
) {
10842 $expressionname = 'expression'.$i;
10844 if (!empty($data[$expressionname])){
10845 $expression = $data[$expressionname];
10850 $valuename = 'value'.$i;
10852 if (!empty($data[$valuename])){
10853 $value = $data[$valuename];
10858 $context->expressions
[] = [
10860 'expression' => $expression,
10865 $element = $OUTPUT->render_from_template('core_admin/setting_devicedetectregex', $context);
10867 return format_admin_setting($this, $this->visiblename
, $element, $this->description
, false, '', null, $query);
10871 * Converts the string of regexes
10873 * @see self::process_form_data()
10874 * @param $regexes string of regexes
10875 * @return array of form fields and their values
10877 protected function prepare_form_data($regexes) {
10879 $regexes = json_decode($regexes);
10885 foreach ($regexes as $value => $regex) {
10886 $expressionname = 'expression'.$i;
10887 $valuename = 'value'.$i;
10889 $form[$expressionname] = $regex;
10890 $form[$valuename] = $value;
10898 * Converts the data from admin settings form into a string of regexes
10900 * @see self::prepare_form_data()
10901 * @param array $data array of admin form fields and values
10902 * @return false|string of regexes
10904 protected function process_form_data(array $form) {
10906 $count = count($form); // number of form field values
10909 // we must get five fields per expression
10913 $regexes = array();
10914 for ($i = 0; $i < $count / 2; $i++
) {
10915 $expressionname = "expression".$i;
10916 $valuename = "value".$i;
10918 $expression = trim($form['expression'.$i]);
10919 $value = trim($form['value'.$i]);
10921 if (empty($expression)){
10925 $regexes[$value] = $expression;
10928 $regexes = json_encode($regexes);
10936 * Multiselect for current modules
10938 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
10940 class admin_setting_configmultiselect_modules
extends admin_setting_configmultiselect
{
10941 private $excludesystem;
10944 * Calls parent::__construct - note array $choices is not required
10946 * @param string $name setting name
10947 * @param string $visiblename localised setting name
10948 * @param string $description setting description
10949 * @param array $defaultsetting a plain array of default module ids
10950 * @param bool $excludesystem If true, excludes modules with 'system' archetype
10952 public function __construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting = array(),
10953 $excludesystem = true) {
10954 parent
::__construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting, null);
10955 $this->excludesystem
= $excludesystem;
10959 * Loads an array of current module choices
10961 * @return bool always return true
10963 public function load_choices() {
10964 if (is_array($this->choices
)) {
10967 $this->choices
= array();
10970 $records = $DB->get_records('modules', array('visible'=>1), 'name');
10971 foreach ($records as $record) {
10972 // Exclude modules if the code doesn't exist
10973 if (file_exists("$CFG->dirroot/mod/$record->name/lib.php")) {
10974 // Also exclude system modules (if specified)
10975 if (!($this->excludesystem
&&
10976 plugin_supports('mod', $record->name
, FEATURE_MOD_ARCHETYPE
) ===
10977 MOD_ARCHETYPE_SYSTEM
)) {
10978 $this->choices
[$record->id
] = $record->name
;
10987 * Admin setting to show if a php extension is enabled or not.
10989 * @copyright 2013 Damyon Wiese
10990 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
10992 class admin_setting_php_extension_enabled
extends admin_setting
{
10994 /** @var string The name of the extension to check for */
10995 private $extension;
10998 * Calls parent::__construct with specific arguments
11000 public function __construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $extension) {
11001 $this->extension
= $extension;
11002 $this->nosave
= true;
11003 parent
::__construct($name, $visiblename, $description, '');
11007 * Always returns true, does nothing
11011 public function get_setting() {
11016 * Always returns true, does nothing
11020 public function get_defaultsetting() {
11025 * Always returns '', does not write anything
11027 * @return string Always returns ''
11029 public function write_setting($data) {
11030 // Do not write any setting.
11035 * Outputs the html for this setting.
11036 * @return string Returns an XHTML string
11038 public function output_html($data, $query='') {
11042 if (!extension_loaded($this->extension
)) {
11043 $warning = $OUTPUT->pix_icon('i/warning', '', '', array('role' => 'presentation')) . ' ' . $this->description
;
11045 $o .= format_admin_setting($this, $this->visiblename
, $warning);
11052 * Server timezone setting.
11054 * @copyright 2015 Totara Learning Solutions Ltd {@link http://www.totaralms.com/}
11055 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
11056 * @author Petr Skoda <petr.skoda@totaralms.com>
11058 class admin_setting_servertimezone
extends admin_setting_configselect
{
11062 public function __construct() {
11063 $default = core_date
::get_default_php_timezone();
11064 if ($default === 'UTC') {
11065 // Nobody really wants UTC, so instead default selection to the country that is confused by the UTC the most.
11066 $default = 'Europe/London';
11069 parent
::__construct('timezone',
11070 new lang_string('timezone', 'core_admin'),
11071 new lang_string('configtimezone', 'core_admin'), $default, null);
11075 * Lazy load timezone options.
11076 * @return bool true if loaded, false if error
11078 public function load_choices() {
11080 if (is_array($this->choices
)) {
11084 $current = isset($CFG->timezone
) ?
$CFG->timezone
: null;
11085 $this->choices
= core_date
::get_list_of_timezones($current, false);
11086 if ($current == 99) {
11087 // Do not show 99 unless it is current value, we want to get rid of it over time.
11088 $this->choices
['99'] = new lang_string('timezonephpdefault', 'core_admin',
11089 core_date
::get_default_php_timezone());
11097 * Forced user timezone setting.
11099 * @copyright 2015 Totara Learning Solutions Ltd {@link http://www.totaralms.com/}
11100 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
11101 * @author Petr Skoda <petr.skoda@totaralms.com>
11103 class admin_setting_forcetimezone
extends admin_setting_configselect
{
11107 public function __construct() {
11108 parent
::__construct('forcetimezone',
11109 new lang_string('forcetimezone', 'core_admin'),
11110 new lang_string('helpforcetimezone', 'core_admin'), '99', null);
11114 * Lazy load timezone options.
11115 * @return bool true if loaded, false if error
11117 public function load_choices() {
11119 if (is_array($this->choices
)) {
11123 $current = isset($CFG->forcetimezone
) ?
$CFG->forcetimezone
: null;
11124 $this->choices
= core_date
::get_list_of_timezones($current, true);
11125 $this->choices
['99'] = new lang_string('timezonenotforced', 'core_admin');
11133 * Search setup steps info.
11136 * @copyright 2016 David Monllao {@link http://www.davidmonllao.com}
11137 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
11139 class admin_setting_searchsetupinfo
extends admin_setting
{
11142 * Calls parent::__construct with specific arguments
11144 public function __construct() {
11145 $this->nosave
= true;
11146 parent
::__construct('searchsetupinfo', '', '', '');
11150 * Always returns true, does nothing
11154 public function get_setting() {
11159 * Always returns true, does nothing
11163 public function get_defaultsetting() {
11168 * Always returns '', does not write anything
11170 * @param array $data
11171 * @return string Always returns ''
11173 public function write_setting($data) {
11174 // Do not write any setting.
11179 * Builds the HTML to display the control
11181 * @param string $data Unused
11182 * @param string $query
11185 public function output_html($data, $query='') {
11186 global $CFG, $OUTPUT, $ADMIN;
11189 $brtag = html_writer
::empty_tag('br');
11191 $searchareas = \core_search\manager
::get_search_areas_list();
11192 $anyenabled = !empty(\core_search\manager
::get_search_areas_list(true));
11193 $anyindexed = false;
11194 foreach ($searchareas as $areaid => $searcharea) {
11195 list($componentname, $varname) = $searcharea->get_config_var_name();
11196 if (get_config($componentname, $varname . '_indexingstart')) {
11197 $anyindexed = true;
11202 $return .= $OUTPUT->heading(get_string('searchsetupinfo', 'admin'), 3, 'main');
11204 $table = new html_table();
11205 $table->head
= array(get_string('step', 'search'), get_string('status'));
11206 $table->colclasses
= array('leftalign step', 'leftalign status');
11207 $table->id
= 'searchsetup';
11208 $table->attributes
['class'] = 'admintable generaltable';
11209 $table->data
= array();
11211 $return .= $brtag . get_string('searchsetupdescription', 'search') . $brtag . $brtag;
11213 // Select a search engine.
11215 $url = new moodle_url('/admin/settings.php?section=manageglobalsearch#admin-searchengine');
11216 $row[0] = '1. ' . html_writer
::tag('a', get_string('selectsearchengine', 'admin'),
11217 array('href' => $url));
11219 $status = html_writer
::tag('span', get_string('no'), array('class' => 'badge badge-danger'));
11220 if (!empty($CFG->searchengine
)) {
11221 $status = html_writer
::tag('span', get_string('pluginname', 'search_' . $CFG->searchengine
),
11222 array('class' => 'badge badge-success'));
11226 $table->data
[] = $row;
11228 // Available areas.
11230 $url = new moodle_url('/admin/searchareas.php');
11231 $row[0] = '2. ' . html_writer
::tag('a', get_string('enablesearchareas', 'admin'),
11232 array('href' => $url));
11234 $status = html_writer
::tag('span', get_string('no'), array('class' => 'badge badge-danger'));
11236 $status = html_writer
::tag('span', get_string('yes'), array('class' => 'badge badge-success'));
11240 $table->data
[] = $row;
11242 // Setup search engine.
11244 if (empty($CFG->searchengine
)) {
11245 $row[0] = '3. ' . get_string('setupsearchengine', 'admin');
11246 $row[1] = html_writer
::tag('span', get_string('no'), array('class' => 'badge badge-danger'));
11248 if ($ADMIN->locate('search' . $CFG->searchengine
)) {
11249 $url = new moodle_url('/admin/settings.php?section=search' . $CFG->searchengine
);
11250 $row[0] = '3. ' . html_writer
::link($url, get_string('setupsearchengine', 'core_admin'));
11252 $row[0] = '3. ' . get_string('setupsearchengine', 'core_admin');
11255 // Check the engine status.
11256 $searchengine = \core_search\manager
::search_engine_instance();
11258 $serverstatus = $searchengine->is_server_ready();
11259 } catch (\moodle_exception
$e) {
11260 $serverstatus = $e->getMessage();
11262 if ($serverstatus === true) {
11263 $status = html_writer
::tag('span', get_string('yes'), array('class' => 'badge badge-success'));
11265 $status = html_writer
::tag('span', $serverstatus, array('class' => 'badge badge-danger'));
11269 $table->data
[] = $row;
11273 $url = new moodle_url('/admin/searchareas.php');
11274 $row[0] = '4. ' . html_writer
::tag('a', get_string('indexdata', 'admin'), array('href' => $url));
11276 $status = html_writer
::tag('span', get_string('yes'), array('class' => 'badge badge-success'));
11278 $status = html_writer
::tag('span', get_string('no'), array('class' => 'badge badge-danger'));
11281 $table->data
[] = $row;
11283 // Enable global search.
11285 $url = new moodle_url("/admin/search.php?query=enableglobalsearch");
11286 $row[0] = '5. ' . html_writer
::tag('a', get_string('enableglobalsearch', 'admin'),
11287 array('href' => $url));
11288 $status = html_writer
::tag('span', get_string('no'), array('class' => 'badge badge-danger'));
11289 if (\core_search\manager
::is_global_search_enabled()) {
11290 $status = html_writer
::tag('span', get_string('yes'), array('class' => 'badge badge-success'));
11293 $table->data
[] = $row;
11295 $return .= html_writer
::table($table);
11297 return highlight($query, $return);
11303 * Used to validate the contents of SCSS code and ensuring they are parsable.
11305 * It does not attempt to detect undefined SCSS variables because it is designed
11306 * to be used without knowledge of other config/scss included.
11308 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
11309 * @copyright 2016 Dan Poltawski <dan@moodle.com>
11311 class admin_setting_scsscode
extends admin_setting_configtextarea
{
11314 * Validate the contents of the SCSS to ensure its parsable. Does not
11315 * attempt to detect undefined scss variables.
11317 * @param string $data The scss code from text field.
11318 * @return mixed bool true for success or string:error on failure.
11320 public function validate($data) {
11321 if (empty($data)) {
11325 $scss = new core_scss();
11327 $scss->compile($data);
11328 } catch (ScssPhp\ScssPhp\Exception\ParserException
$e) {
11329 return get_string('scssinvalid', 'admin', $e->getMessage());
11330 } catch (ScssPhp\ScssPhp\Exception\CompilerException
$e) {
11331 // Silently ignore this - it could be a scss variable defined from somewhere
11332 // else which we are not examining here.
11342 * Administration setting to define a list of file types.
11344 * @copyright 2016 Jonathon Fowler <fowlerj@usq.edu.au>
11345 * @copyright 2017 David Mudrák <david@moodle.com>
11346 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
11348 class admin_setting_filetypes
extends admin_setting_configtext
{
11350 /** @var array Allow selection from these file types only. */
11351 protected $onlytypes = [];
11353 /** @var bool Allow selection of 'All file types' (will be stored as '*'). */
11354 protected $allowall = true;
11356 /** @var core_form\filetypes_util instance to use as a helper. */
11357 protected $util = null;
11362 * @param string $name Unique ascii name like 'mycoresetting' or 'myplugin/mysetting'
11363 * @param string $visiblename Localised label of the setting
11364 * @param string $description Localised description of the setting
11365 * @param string $defaultsetting Default setting value.
11366 * @param array $options Setting widget options, an array with optional keys:
11367 * 'onlytypes' => array Allow selection from these file types only; for example ['onlytypes' => ['web_image']].
11368 * 'allowall' => bool Allow to select 'All file types', defaults to true. Does not apply if onlytypes are set.
11370 public function __construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting = '', array $options = []) {
11372 parent
::__construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting, PARAM_RAW
);
11374 if (array_key_exists('onlytypes', $options) && is_array($options['onlytypes'])) {
11375 $this->onlytypes
= $options['onlytypes'];
11378 if (!$this->onlytypes
&& array_key_exists('allowall', $options)) {
11379 $this->allowall
= (bool)$options['allowall'];
11382 $this->util
= new \core_form\filetypes_util
();
11386 * Normalize the user's input and write it to the database as comma separated list.
11388 * Comma separated list as a text representation of the array was chosen to
11389 * make this compatible with how the $CFG->courseoverviewfilesext values are stored.
11391 * @param string $data Value submitted by the admin.
11392 * @return string Epty string if all good, error message otherwise.
11394 public function write_setting($data) {
11395 return parent
::write_setting(implode(',', $this->util
->normalize_file_types($data)));
11399 * Validate data before storage
11401 * @param string $data The setting values provided by the admin
11402 * @return bool|string True if ok, the string if error found
11404 public function validate($data) {
11406 // No need to call parent's validation here as we are PARAM_RAW.
11408 if ($this->util
->is_listed($data, $this->onlytypes
)) {
11412 $troublemakers = $this->util
->get_not_listed($data, $this->onlytypes
);
11413 return get_string('filetypesnotallowed', 'core_form', implode(' ', $troublemakers));
11418 * Return an HTML string for the setting element.
11420 * @param string $data The current setting value
11421 * @param string $query Admin search query to be highlighted
11422 * @return string HTML to be displayed
11424 public function output_html($data, $query='') {
11425 global $OUTPUT, $PAGE;
11427 $default = $this->get_defaultsetting();
11428 $context = (object) [
11429 'id' => $this->get_id(),
11430 'name' => $this->get_full_name(),
11432 'descriptions' => $this->util
->describe_file_types($data),
11434 $element = $OUTPUT->render_from_template('core_admin/setting_filetypes', $context);
11436 $PAGE->requires
->js_call_amd('core_form/filetypes', 'init', [
11438 $this->visiblename
->out(),
11443 return format_admin_setting($this, $this->visiblename
, $element, $this->description
, true, '', $default, $query);
11447 * Should the values be always displayed in LTR mode?
11449 * We always return true here because these values are not RTL compatible.
11451 * @return bool True because these values are not RTL compatible.
11453 public function get_force_ltr() {
11459 * Used to validate the content and format of the age of digital consent map and ensuring it is parsable.
11461 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
11462 * @copyright 2018 Mihail Geshoski <mihail@moodle.com>
11464 class admin_setting_agedigitalconsentmap
extends admin_setting_configtextarea
{
11469 * @param string $name
11470 * @param string $visiblename
11471 * @param string $description
11472 * @param mixed $defaultsetting string or array
11473 * @param mixed $paramtype
11474 * @param string $cols
11475 * @param string $rows
11477 public function __construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting, $paramtype = PARAM_RAW
,
11478 $cols = '60', $rows = '8') {
11479 parent
::__construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting, $paramtype, $cols, $rows);
11480 // Pre-set force LTR to false.
11481 $this->set_force_ltr(false);
11485 * Validate the content and format of the age of digital consent map to ensure it is parsable.
11487 * @param string $data The age of digital consent map from text field.
11488 * @return mixed bool true for success or string:error on failure.
11490 public function validate($data) {
11491 if (empty($data)) {
11496 \core_auth\digital_consent
::parse_age_digital_consent_map($data);
11497 } catch (\moodle_exception
$e) {
11498 return get_string('invalidagedigitalconsent', 'admin', $e->getMessage());
11506 * Selection of plugins that can work as site policy handlers
11508 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
11509 * @copyright 2018 Marina Glancy
11511 class admin_settings_sitepolicy_handler_select
extends admin_setting_configselect
{
11515 * @param string $name unique ascii name, either 'mysetting' for settings that in config, or 'myplugin/mysetting'
11516 * for ones in config_plugins.
11517 * @param string $visiblename localised
11518 * @param string $description long localised info
11519 * @param string $defaultsetting
11521 public function __construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting = '') {
11522 parent
::__construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting, null);
11526 * Lazy-load the available choices for the select box
11528 public function load_choices() {
11529 if (during_initial_install()) {
11532 if (is_array($this->choices
)) {
11536 $this->choices
= ['' => new lang_string('sitepolicyhandlercore', 'core_admin')];
11537 $manager = new \core_privacy\local\sitepolicy\
manager();
11538 $plugins = $manager->get_all_handlers();
11539 foreach ($plugins as $pname => $unused) {
11540 $this->choices
[$pname] = new lang_string('sitepolicyhandlerplugin', 'core_admin',
11541 ['name' => new lang_string('pluginname', $pname), 'component' => $pname]);
11549 * Used to validate theme presets code and ensuring they compile well.
11551 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
11552 * @copyright 2019 Bas Brands <bas@moodle.com>
11554 class admin_setting_configthemepreset
extends admin_setting_configselect
{
11556 /** @var string The name of the theme to check for */
11557 private $themename;
11561 * @param string $name unique ascii name, either 'mysetting' for settings that in config,
11562 * or 'myplugin/mysetting' for ones in config_plugins.
11563 * @param string $visiblename localised
11564 * @param string $description long localised info
11565 * @param string|int $defaultsetting
11566 * @param array $choices array of $value=>$label for each selection
11567 * @param string $themename name of theme to check presets for.
11569 public function __construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting, $choices, $themename) {
11570 $this->themename
= $themename;
11571 parent
::__construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting, $choices);
11575 * Write settings if validated
11577 * @param string $data
11580 public function write_setting($data) {
11581 $validated = $this->validate($data);
11582 if ($validated !== true) {
11585 return ($this->config_write($this->name
, $data) ?
'' : get_string('errorsetting', 'admin'));
11589 * Validate the preset file to ensure its parsable.
11591 * @param string $data The preset file chosen.
11592 * @return mixed bool true for success or string:error on failure.
11594 public function validate($data) {
11596 if (in_array($data, ['default.scss', 'plain.scss'])) {
11600 $fs = get_file_storage();
11601 $theme = theme_config
::load($this->themename
);
11602 $context = context_system
::instance();
11604 // If the preset has not changed there is no need to validate it.
11605 if ($theme->settings
->preset
== $data) {
11609 if ($presetfile = $fs->get_file($context->id
, 'theme_' . $this->themename
, 'preset', 0, '/', $data)) {
11610 // This operation uses a lot of resources.
11611 raise_memory_limit(MEMORY_EXTRA
);
11612 core_php_time_limit
::raise(300);
11614 // TODO: MDL-62757 When changing anything in this method please do not forget to check
11615 // if the get_css_content_from_scss() method in class theme_config needs updating too.
11617 $compiler = new core_scss();
11618 $compiler->prepend_raw_scss($theme->get_pre_scss_code());
11619 $compiler->append_raw_scss($presetfile->get_content());
11620 if ($scssproperties = $theme->get_scss_property()) {
11621 $compiler->setImportPaths($scssproperties[0]);
11623 $compiler->append_raw_scss($theme->get_extra_scss_code());
11626 $compiler->to_css();
11627 } catch (Exception
$e) {
11628 return get_string('invalidthemepreset', 'admin', $e->getMessage());
11631 // Try to save memory.
11641 * Selection of plugins that can work as H5P libraries handlers
11643 * @license http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later
11644 * @copyright 2020 Sara Arjona <sara@moodle.com>
11646 class admin_settings_h5plib_handler_select
extends admin_setting_configselect
{
11650 * @param string $name unique ascii name, either 'mysetting' for settings that in config, or 'myplugin/mysetting'
11651 * for ones in config_plugins.
11652 * @param string $visiblename localised
11653 * @param string $description long localised info
11654 * @param string $defaultsetting
11656 public function __construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting = '') {
11657 parent
::__construct($name, $visiblename, $description, $defaultsetting, null);
11661 * Lazy-load the available choices for the select box
11663 public function load_choices() {
11664 if (during_initial_install()) {
11667 if (is_array($this->choices
)) {
11671 $this->choices
= \core_h5p\local\library\autoloader
::get_all_handlers();
11672 foreach ($this->choices
as $name => $class) {
11673 $this->choices
[$name] = new lang_string('sitepolicyhandlerplugin', 'core_admin',
11674 ['name' => new lang_string('pluginname', $name), 'component' => $name]);